Bill Text: NY S06257 | 2011-2012 | General Assembly | Amended

NOTE: There are more recent revisions of this legislation. Read Latest Draft
Bill Title: Relates to school district eligibility for an increase in apportionment of school aid and implementation of new standards for conducting annual professional performance reviews to determine teacher and principal effectiveness; relates to contracts for excellence, apportionment of school aid, apportionment of school aid and of current year approved expenditures for debt service, calculation of the gap elimination restoration amount, apportionment for transportation, school district management efficiency awards, maximum class size, transportation to students who remain at school until 5 pm or later; relates to requiring the office of temporary and disability assistance to provide the department of education with certain information; relates to withdrawals from the employee benefit accrued liability reserve fund; relating to funding a program for work force education conducted by the consortium for worker education in New York city, relating to apportionment and reimbursement and extends the expiration of certain provisions; relates to authorizing the Roosevelt union free school district to finance deficits by the issuance of serial bonds, in relation to extending certain provisions; relates to certain provisions related to the 1994-95 state operations, aid to localities, capital projects and debt service budgets, to amend chapter 82 of the laws of 1995, amending the education law and certain other laws relating to state aid to school districts and the appropriation of funds for the support of government, to amend chapter 698 of the laws of 1996 amending the education law relating to transportation contracts, to amend chapter 147 of the laws of 2001 amending the education law relating to conditional appointment of school district, charter school or BOCES employees, to amend chapter 425 of the laws of 2002 amending the education law relating to the provision of supplemental educational services, attendance at a safe public school and the suspension of pupils who bring a firearm to or possess a firearm at a school, to amend chapter 101 of the laws of 2003 amending the education law relating to implementation of the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, to amend chapter 57 of the laws of 2008 amending the education law relating to the universal pre-kindergarten program, in relation to extending the expiration of certain provisions of such chapters; relates to authorizing annual professional performance reviews transition grants; authorizes the Roosevelt union free school district to finance deficits by the issuance of serial bonds; relates to school bus driver training; relates to the support of public libraries; relates to providing special apportionment for salary expenses; provides special apportionment for public pension expenses; relates to suballocation of certain education department accruals; relates to purchases by the city school district of Rochester; relates to submission of school construction final cost reports; repeals certain provisions of the education law relating to annual professional performance review of classroom teachers and building principals and the teacher evaluation appeal process; and provides for the repeal of certain provisions upon expiration thereof (Part A); relates to tenured teacher disciplinary hearings (Part B); relates to increasing the standards of monthly need for aged, blind and disabled persons living in the community (Part C); relates to the standards of monthly need for persons in receipt of public assistance (Part D); relates to authorizing the office of temporary and disability assistance to administer the program of supplemental security income additional state payments and to repeal certain provisions of such law relating thereto (Part E); relates to funding for children and family services, in relation to the effectiveness thereof (Part F); relates to establishing a juvenile justice services close to home initiative and providing for the repeal of such provisions upon expiration thereof (Subpart A); relates to juvenile delinquents and providing for the repeal of such provisions upon expiration thereof (Subpart B) (Part G); relates to the New York state higher education capital matching grant program for independent colleges, in relation to the effectiveness thereof (Part H); relates to provision of services, technical assistance and program activities to state agencies by Cornell university (Part I); relates to authorizing the board of cooperative educational services to enter into contracts with the commissioner of children and family services to provide certain services and providing for the repeal of such provisions upon expiration thereof (Part K); repeals provisions relating to annual reports of the youth center facility program (Part L); relates to the creation of a validated risk assessment instrument (Part M); directs the board of trustees of SUNY and CUNY to conduct a study on student remediation and strategies and programs to promote transition to college readiness (Part N); relates to the SUNY Challenge Grant Program (Part O); relates to non-resident tuition of students of the university centers of the State University of New York (Part P); relates to community college charges for non-residence students (Part Q); relates to the demonstration program authorized within Nassau and Suffolk counties (Part R); authorizes payments of aid and incentives for municipalities (Part S); relates to state aid on certain state leased or state-owned land (Part T); relates to the municipal redevelopment law authorizing tax increment bonds payable from and secured by real property taxes levied by a school district within a project area (Part U); relates to prescription forms and labels, interpretation services and patients with limited English proficiency (Part V); relates to providing for the establishment of a state veteran's cemetery (Part W).

Spectrum: Committee Bill

Status: (Introduced - Dead) 2012-03-30 - SUBSTITUTED BY A9057D [S06257 Detail]

Download: New_York-2011-S06257-Amended.html
                           S T A T E   O F   N E W   Y O R K
       ________________________________________________________________________
           S. 6257--B                                            A. 9057--B
                             S E N A T E - A S S E M B L Y
                                   January 17, 2012
                                      ___________
       IN  SENATE -- A BUDGET BILL, submitted by the Governor pursuant to arti-
         cle seven of the Constitution -- read twice and ordered  printed,  and
         when  printed to be committed to the Committee on Finance -- committee
         discharged, bill amended, ordered reprinted as amended and recommitted
         to said committee  --  committee  discharged,  bill  amended,  ordered
         reprinted as amended and recommitted to said committee
       IN  ASSEMBLY  --  A  BUDGET  BILL, submitted by the Governor pursuant to
         article seven of the Constitution -- read once  and  referred  to  the
         Committee  on  Ways  and  Means -- committee discharged, bill amended,
         ordered reprinted as amended and  recommitted  to  said  committee  --
         again  reported from said committee with amendments, ordered reprinted
         as amended and recommitted to said committee
       AN ACT in relation to school district eligibility  for  an  increase  in
         apportionment  of  school  aid and implementation of new standards for
         conducting annual professional performance reviews to determine teach-
         er and  principal  effectiveness;  to  amend  the  education  law,  in
         relation  to  contracts  for  excellence, apportionment of school aid,
         apportionment of school aid and of current year approved  expenditures
         for  debt  service,  calculation  of  the  gap elimination restoration
         amount, apportionment for transportation, school  district  management
         efficiency  awards,  maximum  class  size; to amend chapter 756 of the
         laws of 1992 relating to funding a program for  work  force  education
         conducted  by the consortium for worker education in New York city, in
         relation to  apportionment  and  reimbursement;  and  in  relation  to
         extending  the  expiration of certain provisions; to amend chapter 169
         of the laws of 1994 relating to  certain  provisions  related  to  the
         1994-95 state operations, aid to localities, capital projects and debt
         service  budgets,  chapter 82 of the laws of 1995, amending the educa-
         tion law and certain other  laws  relating  to  state  aid  to  school
         districts  and  the  appropriation of funds for the support of govern-
         ment, chapter 698 of the laws  of  1996  amending  the  education  law
         relating  to transportation contracts, chapter 147 of the laws of 2001
         amending the education law  relating  to  conditional  appointment  of
         school district, charter school or BOCES employees, chapter 425 of the
         laws  of  2002 amending the education law relating to the provision of
         supplemental educational services, attendance at a safe public  school
        EXPLANATION--Matter in ITALICS (underscored) is new; matter in brackets
                             [ ] is old law to be omitted.
                                                                  LBD12672-03-2
       S. 6257--B                          2                         A. 9057--B
         and  the  suspension  of  pupils  who  bring a firearm to or possess a
         firearm at a school, chapter 101 of the  laws  of  2003  amending  the
         education  law  relating to implementation of the No Child Left Behind
         Act  of  2001,  to  amend  chapter 57 of the laws of 2008 amending the
         education law relating to the universal pre-kindergarten  program,  in
         relation  to  extending  the  expiration of certain provisions of such
         chapters; in relation to school bus driver training;  in  relation  to
         the  support of public libraries; to provide special apportionment for
         salary expenses; to provide special apportionment for  public  pension
         expenses; in relation to suballocation of certain education department
         accruals;  in  relation  to  purchases  by the city school district of
         Rochester; relating to submission of school  construction  final  cost
         reports; and providing for the repeal of certain provisions upon expi-
         ration  thereof  (Part  A); to amend the education law, in relation to
         annual professional  performance  review  of  classroom  teachers  and
         building  principals  (Part  A-1);  to  amend  the  education  law, in
         relation to teacher evaluation appeal process in the city of New  York
         (Part A-2); to amend the education law, in relation to tenured teacher
         disciplinary  hearings  (Part B); to amend the social services law, in
         relation to increasing the standards of monthly need for  aged,  blind
         and  disabled  persons  living in the community (Part C); to amend the
         social services law, in relation to the standards of monthly need  for
         persons  in receipt of public assistance (Part D); to amend the social
         services law, in relation to authorizing the office of  temporary  and
         disability  assistance to administer the program of supplemental secu-
         rity  income  additional  state  payments;  and  to   repeal   certain
         provisions  of such law relating thereto (Part E); to amend chapter 83
         of the laws of 2002 amending the executive law and other laws relating
         to funding for children and family services, in relation to the effec-
         tiveness thereof; and to amend the social services law, in relation to
         reauthorizing child welfare  financing  to  continue  current  funding
         structure  (Part  F);  to amend the social services law and the family
         court act, in relation to establishing  a  juvenile  justice  services
         close  to  home  initiative  and  providing  for  the  repeal  of such
         provisions upon expiration thereof  (Subpart  A);  and  to  amend  the
         social  services law and the family court act, in relation to juvenile
         delinquents (Subpart B) (Part G); to amend chapter 57 of the  laws  of
         2005  amending  the  labor  law  and other laws implementing the state
         fiscal plan for the 2005-2006 state fiscal year, relating to  the  New
         York  state  higher education capital matching grant program for inde-
         pendent colleges, in relation to the effectiveness thereof  (Part  H);
         to  amend  the  education  law,  in relation to provision of services,
         technical assistance and  program  activities  to  state  agencies  by
         Cornell  university  (Part I); to amend the education law, in relation
         to special education programs for preschool children with a disability
         (Part J); to amend the education law, in relation to  authorizing  the
         board of cooperative educational services to enter into contracts with
         the  commissioner  of  children and family services to provide certain
         services (Part K); to repeal  section  527-l  of  the  executive  law,
         relating  to annual reports of the youth center facility program (Part
         L); and to amend the executive law, in relation to the creation  of  a
         validated risk assessment instrument (Part M)
         THE  PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, REPRESENTED IN SENATE AND ASSEM-
       BLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
       S. 6257--B                          3                         A. 9057--B
    1    Section 1. This act enacts into law major  components  of  legislation
    2  which are necessary to implement the state fiscal plan for the 2012-2013
    3  state  fiscal  year.  Each  component  is wholly contained within a Part
    4  identified as Parts A through M. The effective date for each  particular
    5  provision contained within such Part is set forth in the last section of
    6  such Part. Any provision in any section contained within a Part, includ-
    7  ing the effective date of the Part, which makes a reference to a section
    8  "of  this  act", when used in connection with that particular component,
    9  shall be deemed to mean and refer to the corresponding  section  of  the
   10  Part  in  which  it  is  found. Section three of this act sets forth the
   11  general effective date of this act.
   12                                   PART A
   13    Section 1. Notwithstanding  any  inconsistent  provision  of  law,  no
   14  school  district  shall  be  eligible  for  an  apportionment of general
   15  support for public schools from the funds appropriated for  the  2012-13
   16  school  year  and thereafter in excess of the amount apportioned to such
   17  district for the same time period  during  the  base  year  unless  such
   18  school  district  has  submitted documentation that has been approved by
   19  the commissioner of education by January 17, 2013 demonstrating that  it
   20  has fully implemented new standards and procedures for conducting annual
   21  professional  performance  reviews  of  classroom  teachers and building
   22  principals to determine teacher and  principal  effectiveness  including
   23  but  not limited to providing for (i) state assessments and other compa-
   24  rable measures which shall comprise twenty or twenty-five percent of the
   25  evaluation; (ii) locally selected measures of  the  student  achievement
   26  subcomponent which shall comprise twenty or fifteen percent of the eval-
   27  uation;  (iii)  subjective  measures  of  effectiveness  that  have been
   28  approved by the commissioner with the majority of such points  based  on
   29  multiple observations by an administrator or principal with at least one
   30  unannounced  observation  which  shall comprise 60 percent of the evalu-
   31  ation; and (iv) a scoring rubric which ensures that it  is  possible  to
   32  receive  any one of four ratings limited to highly effective, effective,
   33  developing and ineffective; provided however that if any  such  payments
   34  in  excess  of the amount apportioned to such district for the same time
   35  period during the base year were made, and the school district  has  not
   36  submitted  documentation that it has fully implemented new standards and
   37  procedures as set forth above that has been approved by the commissioner
   38  of education by January 17, 2013, the  total  amount  of  such  payments
   39  shall be deducted by the commissioner from future payments to the school
   40  district;  provided  further  that,  for the 2012-13 school year if such
   41  deduction is greater than the sum of  the  amounts  available  for  such
   42  deductions,  the  remainder  of  the  deduction  shall  be withheld from
   43  payments scheduled to be made to the school district pursuant to section
   44  3609-a of the education  law  for  the  2013-14  school  year;  provided
   45  further  that  notwithstanding  any inconsistent provision of law to the
   46  contrary such documentation shall include a plan adopted by the  govern-
   47  ing  board  of  the  school  district for conducting annual professional
   48  performance reviews of classroom teachers and building  principals  that
   49  has  been  approved  by  the commissioner, and in order to be approvable
   50  such plan shall conform with  the  requirements  for  conducting  annual
   51  professional  performance  reviews  of  classroom  teachers and building
   52  principals, including but not limited to (i) state assessments and other
   53  comparable measures which shall comprise twenty or  twenty-five  percent
   54  of  the  evaluation;  (ii)  locally  selected  measures  of  the student
       S. 6257--B                          4                         A. 9057--B
    1  achievement subcomponent which shall comprise twenty or fifteen  percent
    2  of  the evaluation; (iii) subjective measures of effectiveness that have
    3  been approved by the commissioner with the majority of such points based
    4  on  multiple observations by an administrator or principal with at least
    5  one unannounced observation which shall comprise 60 percent of the eval-
    6  uation; and (iv) a scoring rubric which ensures that it is  possible  to
    7  receive  any one of four ratings limited to highly effective, effective,
    8  developing and ineffective; consistent with and conforms to a chapter of
    9  the laws of 2012 enacted as legislation submitted by the governor pursu-
   10  ant to Article VII of the New York constitution;  and  provided  further
   11  that for a school district in a city with a population of one million or
   12  more,  notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law, no such school
   13  district shall be eligible for an apportionment of general  support  for
   14  public  schools  from the funds appropriated for the 2012-13 school year
   15  and thereafter in excess of the amount appropriated to such district for
   16  the same time period during the base year unless  such  school  district
   17  has  submitted  documentation that has been approved by the commissioner
   18  by January 17, 2013 demonstrating that it  has  adopted  an  expeditious
   19  appeals process pertaining to the annual professional performance review
   20  of  classroom  teachers  and building principals that is consistent with
   21  and conforms to a chapter of the laws of  2012  enacted  as  legislation
   22  submitted  by  the  governor  pursuant  to  Article  VII of the New York
   23  constitution and if any such payments in excess  of  the  amount  appor-
   24  tioned  to  such  district for the same time period during the base year
   25  were made, and the school district has not submitted documentation  that
   26  has  been  approved  by the commissioner by January 17, 2013 that it has
   27  adopted an expeditious appeals process pertaining to the annual  profes-
   28  sional  performance review of classroom teachers and building principals
   29  that is consistent with and conforms to a chapter of the  laws  of  2012
   30  enacted as legislation submitted by the governor pursuant to Article VII
   31  of the New York constitution, the total amount of such payments shall be
   32  deducted  by  the  commissioner  from  future  payments  to  the  school
   33  district; and provided further that, for the 2012-13 school year if such
   34  deduction is greater than the sum of  the  amounts  available  for  such
   35  deductions,  the  remainder  of  the  deduction  shall  be withheld from
   36  payments scheduled to be made to the school district pursuant to section
   37  3609-a of the education law for the 2013-14 school year.
   38    S 2. Paragraph e of subdivision 1 of section 211-d  of  the  education
   39  law,  as  amended  by  section  1 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of
   40  2011, is amended to read as follows:
   41    e. Notwithstanding paragraphs a and b of this  subdivision,  a  school
   42  district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
   43  eight--two thousand nine school year shall submit a contract for  excel-
   44  lence  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school year in
   45  conformity with the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a  of
   46  subdivision  two  of this section unless all schools in the district are
   47  identified as in good standing  and  provided  further  that,  a  school
   48  district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
   49  nine--two thousand ten school year, unless all schools in  the  district
   50  are  identified  as in good standing, shall submit a contract for excel-
   51  lence for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year which
   52  shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph  (vi)  of  para-
   53  graph  a of subdivision two of this section, provide for the expenditure
   54  of an amount which shall be not less than  the  product  of  the  amount
   55  approved  by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the two
   56  thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year,  multiplied   by   the
       S. 6257--B                          5                         A. 9057--B
    1  district's  gap  elimination  adjustment percentage AND PROVIDED FURTHER
    2  THAT, A SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT SUBMITTED A CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE FOR THE
    3  TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR, UNLESS ALL SCHOOLS
    4  IN  THE  DISTRICT  ARE  IDENTIFIED  AS  IN GOOD STANDING, SHALL SUBMIT A
    5  CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND  THIR-
    6  TEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  WHICH  SHALL,  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  REQUIREMENTS OF
    7  SUBPARAGRAPH (VI) OF PARAGRAPH A OF SUBDIVISION  TWO  OF  THIS  SECTION,
    8  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  EXPENDITURE OF AN AMOUNT WHICH SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN
    9  THE AMOUNT APPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN THE CONTRACT  FOR  EXCELLENCE
   10  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR.   For
   11  purposes of this paragraph, the "gap elimination adjustment  percentage"
   12  shall  be  calculated as the sum of one minus the quotient of the sum of
   13  the school district's net gap elimination adjustment  for  two  thousand
   14  ten--two thousand eleven computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the
   15  laws  of  two  thousand  ten,  making  appropriations for the support of
   16  government, plus the school district's gap  elimination  adjustment  for
   17  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve as computed pursuant to [a]
   18  chapter FIFTY-THREE of the laws of two thousand eleven, making appropri-
   19  ations for the support of the local assistance budget, including support
   20  for general support for public schools, divided by  the  total  aid  for
   21  adjustment  computed  pursuant to [a] chapter FIFTY-THREE of the laws of
   22  two thousand eleven, making  appropriations  for  the  local  assistance
   23  budget,  including  support  for  general  support  for  public schools.
   24  Provided, further, that such amount shall be  expended  to  support  and
   25  maintain  allowable programs and activities approved in the two thousand
   26  nine--two thousand ten school year or to support new or expanded  allow-
   27  able programs and activities in the current year.
   28    S 3. Subdivision 1 of section 1104 of the education law, as amended by
   29  chapter 53 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read as follows:
   30    1.  The  commissioner  [of  education]  in the annual apportionment of
   31  public moneys shall  apportion  therefrom  to  each  county  maintaining
   32  approved  vocational  education and extension work, a quota amounting to
   33  one-half   of the salary paid each  teacher,  director,  assistant,  and
   34  supervisor, WHERE SUCH SALARY IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO A COURSE OF STUDY FIRST
   35  SUBMITTED  TO  THE  COMMISSIONER FOR APPROVAL PURSUANT TO SECTION ELEVEN
   36  HUNDRED THREE OF THIS PART ON OR BEFORE JULY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  TEN,
   37  but  not to exceed THE AMOUNT COMPUTED BY THE COMMISSIONER BASED UPON AN
   38  ASSUMED ANNUALIZED SALARY EQUAL TO ten thousand five hundred dollars PER
   39  SCHOOL YEAR on account of the  employment  of  such  teacher,  director,
   40  assistant or supervisor.
   41    S  4.  Section  1104  of  the education law is amended by adding a new
   42  subdivision 3 to read as follows:
   43    3. FOR THE APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION  FOR  SCHOOL
   44  YEARS COMMENCING PRIOR TO JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE, THE COMMISSION-
   45  ER  SHALL  CERTIFY  NO  PAYMENT  TO A VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND EXTENSION
   46  BOARD BASED ON A CLAIM SUBMITTED LATER THAN THREE YEARS AFTER THE  CLOSE
   47  OF  THE  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN  WHICH  SUCH PAYMENT WAS FIRST TO BE MADE. FOR
   48  CLAIMS FOR WHICH PAYMENT IS  FIRST  TO  BE  MADE  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   49  NINE--TWO  THOUSAND  TEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMISSIONER
   50  SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT TO A VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND  EXTENSION  BOARD
   51  BASED  ON  A CLAIM SUBMITTED LATER THAN ONE YEAR AFTER THE CLOSE OF SUCH
   52  SCHOOL YEAR. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NO PAYMENTS SHALL BE BARRED  OR  REDUCED
   53  WHERE  SUCH  PAYMENT  IS  REQUIRED  AS  A RESULT OF A FINAL AUDIT OF THE
   54  STATE.
       S. 6257--B                          6                         A. 9057--B
    1    S 5. Paragraphs dd and ee of subdivision 1  of  section  3602  of  the
    2  education  law,  as  added  by section 25 of part A of chapter 58 of the
    3  laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
    4    dd.  "Allowable  growth amount" shall mean the product of the positive
    5  difference of the personal income growth index minus one, multiplied  by
    6  the  statewide total of the SUM OF (1) THE apportionments, including the
    7  gap elimination adjustment, due and owing during the base year, commenc-
    8  ing with the base year computed for the two thousand  twelve--two  thou-
    9  sand thirteen school year, to school districts and boards of cooperative
   10  educational  services  from  the  general  support for public schools as
   11  computed based on an electronic data file used to produce the school aid
   12  computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
   13  budget  for the base year PLUS (2) THE COMPETITIVE AWARDS AMOUNT FOR THE
   14  BASE YEAR.
   15    ee. "Competitive awards amount" shall mean, for two thousand  twelve--
   16  two  thousand thirteen state fiscal year, fifty million dollars, and for
   17  two thousand thirteen--two thousand fourteen and thereafter, [the  prod-
   18  uct  of  the  personal  income  growth index multiplied by the base year
   19  competitive awards amount] ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS.
   20    S 6. Paragraph c of subdivision 17 of section 3602  of  the  education
   21  law, as added by section 37 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011,
   22  is amended and a new paragraph d is added to read as follows:
   23    c.  The  gap  elimination  adjustment for the two thousand twelve--two
   24  thousand thirteen school year and thereafter shall be equal to  the  gap
   25  elimination adjustment for the base year, plus, in any year in which the
   26  preliminary growth amount exceeds the allowable growth amount, the prod-
   27  uct  of  the gap elimination adjustment percentage for such district and
   28  the positive difference, if any, between the preliminary  growth  amount
   29  less  the  allowable  growth amount, as computed pursuant to subdivision
   30  one of this section, and  less  the  [product  of  the  gap  elimination
   31  adjustment percentage for such district and the] gap elimination adjust-
   32  ment  restoration  amount,  if  any,  allocated pursuant to [subdivision
   33  eighteen of] this section.
   34    D.  (I) THE GAP ELIMINATION RESTORATION AMOUNT FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   35  TWELVE--TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL
   36  EQUAL THE GREATER OF:
   37    (A) THE PRODUCT OF (1) THE PRODUCT OF THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  INDEX
   38  MULTIPLIED  BY TWO HUNDRED FOURTEEN DOLLARS AND FIFTY CENTS, COMPUTED TO
   39  TWO DECIMAL PLACES WITHOUT ROUNDING, MULTIPLIED BY (2) THE STATE SHARING
   40  RATIO COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH G  OF  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF  THIS
   41  SECTION  MULTIPLIED BY (3) THE PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT ENROLLMENT FOR THE
   42  BASE YEAR, CALCULATED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO  OF  PARAGRAPH  N  OF
   43  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  THIS  SECTION, WHERE THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX
   44  SHALL BE THE  QUOTIENT  OF  THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  PERCENT  FOR  THE
   45  DISTRICT  COMPUTED  PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH W OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS
   46  SECTION DIVIDED BY THE STATEWIDE AVERAGE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS PERCENT; OR
   47    (B) FOR ANY DISTRICT WITH A GEA/TGFE RATIO GREATER THAN ONE, WHERE THE
   48  GEA/TGFE RATIO SHALL BE THE QUOTIENT OF (1) THE GAP ELIMINATION  ADJUST-
   49  MENT  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR FOR
   50  THE DISTRICT DIVIDED BY THE TOTAL  GENERAL  FUND  EXPENDITURES  OF  SUCH
   51  DISTRICT IN THE BASE YEAR, DIVIDED BY (2) THE STATEWIDE TOTAL GAP ELIMI-
   52  NATION  ADJUSTMENT  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE
   53  SCHOOL YEAR DIVIDED BY TOTAL GENERAL FUND EXPENDITURES IN THE BASE YEAR,
   54  THE PRODUCT OF (A) THE PRODUCT OF THE GEA/TGFE RATIO MULTIPLIED BY NINE-
   55  TY DOLLARS, COMPUTED TO TWO DECIMAL PLACES WITHOUT ROUNDING,  MULTIPLIED
   56  BY  (B)  THE  STATE  SHARING  RATIO  COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH G OF
       S. 6257--B                          7                         A. 9057--B
    1  SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION MULTIPLIED BY (C)  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOL
    2  DISTRICT  ENROLLMENT  FOR THE BASE YEAR, CALCULATED PURSUANT TO SUBPARA-
    3  GRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH N OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION; OR
    4    (C) ONE PERCENT OF THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
    5  ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR,
    6    BUT  SHALL  BE  NO GREATER THAN THE PRODUCT OF TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT AND
    7  THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND
    8  TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR FOR THE DISTRICT.
    9    (II) THE GAP ELIMINATION RESTORATION AMOUNT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND THIR-
   10  TEEN--TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER SHALL  EQUAL  THE
   11  PRODUCT  OF THE GAP ELIMINATION PERCENTAGE FOR SUCH DISTRICT AND THE GAP
   12  ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT RESTORATION ALLOCATION  ESTABLISHED  PURSUANT  TO
   13  SUBDIVISION EIGHTEEN OF THIS SECTION.
   14    S  7.  Paragraph  c  of subdivision 7 of section 3602 of the education
   15  law, as amended by section 1 of part A-4 of chapter 58 of  the  laws  of
   16  2006, is amended to read as follows:
   17    c.  For the purposes of computing this apportionment for the two thou-
   18  sand five--two thousand six school year and thereafter, approved  trans-
   19  portation  capital,  debt service, and lease expense shall be the amount
   20  computed based upon an assumed amortization determined pursuant to para-
   21  graph e of this subdivision for an  expenditure  incurred  by  a  school
   22  district and approved by the commissioner for those items of transporta-
   23  tion capital, debt service and lease expense allowable under subdivision
   24  two  of  section  thirty-six hundred twenty-three-a of this article for:
   25  (i) the regular aidable transportation of  pupils,  as  such  terms  are
   26  defined in sections thirty-six hundred twenty-one and thirty-six hundred
   27  twenty-two-a  of  this article, (ii) the transportation of children with
   28  disabilities pursuant to article eighty-nine of this chapter, and  (iii)
   29  the  transportation  of  homeless  children  pursuant  to paragraph c of
   30  subdivision four of section thirty-two hundred  nine  of  this  chapter,
   31  provided  that  the total approved cost of such transportation shall not
   32  exceed the amount of the total cost of the most cost-effective  mode  of
   33  transportation.  Approvable expenses for the purchase of school buses ON
   34  OR BEFORE JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE shall be  limited  to  the
   35  actual purchase price, or the expense as if the bus were purchased under
   36  state  contract,  whichever is less. If the commissioner determines that
   37  no comparable bus was available under state  contract  at  the  time  of
   38  purchase,  the approvable expenses shall be the actual purchase price or
   39  the state wide median price of such bus in the most recent base year  in
   40  which  such  median price was established with an allowable year to year
   41  CPI increase as defined in subdivision fourteen of section three hundred
   42  five of this chapter; whichever is less. Such median shall  be  computed
   43  by  the  commissioner  for the purposes of this subdivision.  APPROVABLE
   44  EXPENSES FOR THE PURCHASE OF VEHICLES FOR TRANSPORTING STUDENTS AND  FOR
   45  EQUIPMENT  DEEMED A PROPER SCHOOL DISTRICT EXPENSE PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH
   46  C OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWENTY-THREE-A  OF
   47  THIS ARTICLE, AFTER JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, SHALL BE LIMIT-
   48  ED TO THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE OF ANY VEHICLE FOR TRANSPORTING STUDENTS
   49  AND/OR  EQUIPMENT  PURCHASED  UNDER  SUCH  CENTRALIZED  STATE  CONTRACT,
   50  PROVIDED, HOWEVER THAT IF THE COMMISSIONER DETERMINES THAT THE  DISTRICT
   51  IS  UNABLE  TO  PROVIDE  APPROPRIATE TRANSPORTATION WITH THE VEHICLE FOR
   52  TRANSPORTING STUDENTS AND/OR EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE UNDER SUCH  CENTRALIZED
   53  STATE  CONTRACT,  THE  APPROVABLE  EXPENSES SHALL BE THE ACTUAL PURCHASE
   54  PRICE OR THE STATEWIDE MEDIAN PRICE OF  SUCH  VEHICLE  FOR  TRANSPORTING
   55  STUDENTS  IN  THE  MOST  RECENT BASE YEAR IN WHICH SUCH MEDIAN PRICE WAS
   56  ESTABLISHED WITH AN ALLOWABLE YEAR TO YEAR CPI INCREASE  AS  DEFINED  IN
       S. 6257--B                          8                         A. 9057--B
    1  SUBDIVISION  FOURTEEN  OF  SECTION  THREE  HUNDRED FIVE OF THIS CHAPTER;
    2  WHICHEVER IS LESS.
    3    S 8. Paragraphs a and b of subdivision 5 of section 3604 of the educa-
    4  tion  law, paragraph a as amended by chapter 161 of the laws of 2005 and
    5  paragraph b as amended by section 59 of part A of  chapter  436  of  the
    6  laws of 1997, are amended to read as follows:
    7    a. State aid adjustments. All errors or omissions in the apportionment
    8  shall  be  corrected by the commissioner. Whenever a school district has
    9  been apportioned less money than that  to  which  it  is  entitled,  the
   10  commissioner may allot to such district the balance to which it is enti-
   11  tled.  Whenever  a  school district has been apportioned more money than
   12  that to which it is entitled, the commissioner may, by an order,  direct
   13  such  moneys  to be paid back to the state to be credited to the general
   14  fund local assistance account for state  aid  to  the  schools,  or  may
   15  deduct  such  amount  from  the  next  apportionment  to be made to said
   16  district, provided, however, that, upon notification of excess  payments
   17  of  aid for which a recovery must be made by the state through deduction
   18  of future aid payments, a school district may request that  such  excess
   19  payments  be  recovered  by  deducting  such  excess  payments  from the
   20  payments due to such school district and payable in the month of June in
   21  (i) the school year in which such notification was received and (ii) the
   22  two succeeding school years, provided further that  there  shall  be  no
   23  interest  penalty  assessed  against  such  district or collected by the
   24  state. Such request shall be made to the commissioner in  such  form  as
   25  the  commissioner  shall  prescribe, and shall be based on documentation
   26  that the total amount to be recovered is in excess of one percent of the
   27  district's total general fund  expenditures  for  the  preceding  school
   28  year.  The  amount to be deducted in the first year shall be the greater
   29  of (i) the sum of the amount of such excess payments that is  recognized
   30  as  a liability due to other governments by the district for the preced-
   31  ing school year and the positive remainder of the district's  unreserved
   32  fund  balance at the close of the preceding school year less the product
   33  of the district's total general  fund  expenditures  for  the  preceding
   34  school year multiplied by five percent, or (ii) one-third of such excess
   35  payments.  The amount to be recovered in the second year shall equal the
   36  lesser of the remaining amount of such excess payments to  be  recovered
   37  or  one-third  of such excess payments, and the remaining amount of such
   38  excess payments shall be recovered in the third year.  Provided  further
   39  that,  notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of this subdivision, any
   40  pending payment of moneys due to such district as a prior  year  adjust-
   41  ment  payable pursuant to paragraph c of this subdivision for aid claims
   42  that had been previously paid as current year aid payments in excess  of
   43  the  amount  to which the district is entitled and for which recovery of
   44  excess payments is to be made  pursuant  to  this  paragraph,  shall  be
   45  reduced  at  the  time  of  actual  payment by any remaining unrecovered
   46  balance of such excess payments, and the remaining scheduled  deductions
   47  of  such  excess payments pursuant to this paragraph shall be reduced by
   48  the commissioner to reflect the amount so recovered.  [The  commissioner
   49  shall certify no payment to a school district based on a claim submitted
   50  later  than three years after the close of the school year in which such
   51  payment was first to be made.  For claims for which payment is first  to
   52  be  made  in  the nineteen hundred ninety-six--ninety-seven school year,
   53  the commissioner shall certify no payment to a school district based  on
   54  a  claim  submitted  later than two years after the close of such school
   55  year.] For claims for which payment is first to be made [in the nineteen
   56  hundred  ninety-seven--ninety-eight]   PRIOR   TO   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
       S. 6257--B                          9                         A. 9057--B
    1  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE  school year [and thereafter], the commis-
    2  sioner shall certify no payment to a school district based  on  a  claim
    3  submitted  later  than  one  year  after  the close of such school year.
    4  Provided,  however,  no  payments  shall be barred or reduced where such
    5  payment is required as a result of a final audit of the  state.  [It  is
    6  further  provided  that,  until June thirtieth, nineteen hundred ninety-
    7  six, the commissioner may grant a waiver from  the  provisions  of  this
    8  section  for any school district if it is in the best educational inter-
    9  ests of the district pursuant to guidelines developed by the commission-
   10  er and approved by the director of the budget.]  FURTHER  PROVIDED  THAT
   11  FOR  ANY APPORTIONMENTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS SEVEN HUNDRED ONE,
   12  SEVEN  HUNDRED  ELEVEN,   SEVEN   HUNDRED   FIFTY-ONE,   SEVEN   HUNDRED
   13  FIFTY-THREE,   THIRTY-SIX   HUNDRED   TWO,   THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO-B,
   14  THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED
   15  TWELVE, AND FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED FIVE OF THIS CHAPTER FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
   16  TWELVE--TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN AND PRIOR SCHOOL YEARS, THE COMMISSIONER
   17  SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT TO  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  OTHER  THAN  PAYMENTS
   18  PURSUANT  TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A, ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION
   19  THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART, IN EXCESS OF THE  PAYMENT  COMPUTED
   20  BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE USED TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER
   21  LISTING  PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET
   22  REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE--TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN
   23  STATE  FISCAL YEAR AND ENTITLED "BT121-3", AND FURTHER PROVIDED THAT FOR
   24  ANY APPORTIONMENTS PROVIDED PURSUANT  TO  SECTIONS  SEVEN  HUNDRED  ONE,
   25  SEVEN   HUNDRED   ELEVEN,   SEVEN   HUNDRED   FIFTY-ONE,  SEVEN  HUNDRED
   26  FIFTY-THREE,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED   TWO,   THIRTY-SIX   HUNDRED   TWO-B,
   27  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED
   28  TWELVE, AND FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED FIVE OF THIS CHAPTER FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
   29  THIRTEEN--TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE  COMMIS-
   30  SIONER  SHALL  CERTIFY  NO  PAYMENT  TO  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT, OTHER THAN
   31  PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A, ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF
   32  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART, IN EXCESS  OF  THE  PAYMENT
   33  COMPUTED BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE USED TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID
   34  COMPUTER  LISTING  PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECU-
   35  TIVE BUDGET REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE STATE FISCAL  YEAR  IN  WHICH  THE
   36  SCHOOL YEAR COMMENCES.
   37    b.  Claims  resulting from court orders or judgments. [Any] FOR CLAIMS
   38  FOR WHICH PAYMENT IS FIRST TO BE MADE PRIOR TO THE TWO THOUSAND  TWELVE-
   39  -TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR, ANY payment which would be due as
   40  the result of a court order or judgment shall not  be  barred,  provided
   41  that,  commencing January first, nineteen hundred ninety-six, such court
   42  order or judgment and any other data required shall be  filed  with  the
   43  comptroller  within  one  year from the date of the court order or judg-
   44  ment, and provided  further  that  the  commissioner  shall  certify  no
   45  payment to a school district for a specific school year that is based on
   46  a  claim  that results from a court order or judgement so filed with the
   47  comptroller unless the total value of such claim, as determined  by  the
   48  commissioner, is greater than one percent of the school district's total
   49  revenues  from  state sources as previously recorded in the general fund
   50  and reported to the comptroller in the annual financial  report  of  the
   51  school district for such school year.
   52    S  9. The opening paragraph of section 3609-a of the education law, as
   53  amended by section 40 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws  of  2011,  is
   54  amended to read as follows:
   55    For  aid  payable in the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school
   56  year [and thereafter] THROUGH  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND
       S. 6257--B                         10                         A. 9057--B
    1  TWELVE  SCHOOL  YEAR,  "moneys apportioned" shall mean the lesser of (i)
    2  the sum of one hundred percent of the respective amount  set  forth  for
    3  each  school  district as payable pursuant to this section in the school
    4  aid  computer  listing for the current year produced by the commissioner
    5  in support of the budget which includes the appropriation for the gener-
    6  al support for public schools for the prescribed payments  and  individ-
    7  ualized  payments due prior to April first for the current year plus the
    8  apportionment payable during the current school year pursuant to  subdi-
    9  vision  six-a  and subdivision fifteen of section thirty-six hundred two
   10  of this part minus any reductions  to  current  year  aids  pursuant  to
   11  subdivision seven of section thirty-six hundred four of this part or any
   12  deduction  from  apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  this  chapter for
   13  collection of a school district basic contribution as defined in  subdi-
   14  vision eight of section forty-four hundred one of this chapter, less any
   15  grants  provided pursuant to subparagraph two-a of paragraph b of subdi-
   16  vision four of section ninety-two-c of the state finance law,  less  any
   17  grants  provided  pursuant  to  subdivision twelve of section thirty-six
   18  hundred forty-one of this article, or (ii) the apportionment  calculated
   19  by  the  commissioner  based  on data on file at the time the payment is
   20  processed; provided however, that for the purposes of any payments  made
   21  pursuant  to this section prior to the first business day of June of the
   22  current year, moneys apportioned shall  not  include  any  aids  payable
   23  pursuant  to  subdivisions  six  and fourteen, if applicable, of section
   24  thirty-six hundred two of this part as current year aid for debt service
   25  on bond anticipation notes and/or bonds first issued in the current year
   26  or any aids payable for  full-day  kindergarten  for  the  current  year
   27  pursuant  to  subdivision nine of section thirty-six hundred two of this
   28  part. The definitions of "base year" and "current year" as set forth  in
   29  subdivision  one  of  section  thirty-six hundred two of this part shall
   30  apply to this section. For aid payable in the two  thousand  eleven--two
   31  thousand  twelve  school  year,  reference  to such "school aid computer
   32  listing  for  the  current  year"  shall  mean  the  printouts  entitled
   33  "SA111-2".  FOR  AID  PAYABLE  IN  THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND
   34  THIRTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, "MONEYS APPORTIONED" SHALL MEAN THE
   35  LESSER OF: (I) THE SUM OF ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE  RESPECTIVE  AMOUNT
   36  SET  FORTH  FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS PAYABLE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION
   37  IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PRODUCED BY  THE
   38  COMMISSIONER  IN  SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST WHICH INCLUDES
   39  THE APPROPRIATION FOR THE GENERAL SUPPORT FOR  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  FOR  THE
   40  PRESCRIBED PAYMENTS AND INDIVIDUALIZED PAYMENTS DUE PRIOR TO APRIL FIRST
   41  FOR  THE  CURRENT YEAR PLUS THE APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE DURING THE CURRENT
   42  SCHOOL YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION  THIR-
   43  TY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO  OF  THIS PART MINUS ANY REDUCTIONS TO CURRENT YEAR
   44  AIDS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION SEVEN OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED FOUR OF
   45  THIS PART OR ANY DEDUCTION FROM THE APPORTIONMENT  PAYABLE  PURSUANT  TO
   46  THIS  CHAPTER  FOR COLLECTION OF A SCHOOL DISTRICT BASIC CONTRIBUTION AS
   47  DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED ONE  OF  THIS
   48  CHAPTER,  LESS  ANY  GRANTS  PROVIDED  PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO-A OF
   49  PARAGRAPH B OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF SECTION  NINETY-TWO-C  OF  THE  STATE
   50  FINANCE  LAW, LESS ANY GRANTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWELVE OF
   51  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS ARTICLE; OR (II) THE APPOR-
   52  TIONMENT CALCULATED BY THE COMMISSIONER BASED ON DATA  ON  FILE  AT  THE
   53  TIME  THE  PAYMENT IS PROCESSED; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT FOR THE PURPOSES
   54  OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION PRIOR TO THE  FIRST  BUSI-
   55  NESS  DAY  OF  JUNE  OF  THE  CURRENT YEAR, MONEYS APPORTIONED SHALL NOT
   56  INCLUDE ANY AIDS PAYABLE PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX AND  FOURTEEN,  IF
       S. 6257--B                         11                         A. 9057--B
    1  APPLICABLE,  OF  SECTION  THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART AS CURRENT
    2  YEAR AID FOR DEBT SERVICE ON BOND ANTICIPATION NOTES AND/OR BONDS  FIRST
    3  ISSUED IN THE CURRENT YEAR OR ANY AIDS PAYABLE FOR FULL-DAY KINDERGARTEN
    4  FOR  THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX
    5  HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART. THE DEFINITIONS OF "BASE  YEAR"  AND  "CURRENT
    6  YEAR"  AS SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO
    7  OF THIS PART SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION.
    8    S 10. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3612  of  the  education
    9  law,  as  amended  by  section 46 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of
   10  2011, is amended to read as follows:
   11    b. Such grants shall be awarded to school districts, within the limits
   12  of funds appropriated therefor, through a competitive process that takes
   13  into consideration the magnitude of any  shortage  of  teachers  in  the
   14  school  district, the number of teachers employed in the school district
   15  who hold temporary licenses to teach in the public schools of the state,
   16  the number of provisionally certified teachers, the fiscal capacity  and
   17  geographic  sparsity  of  the  district,  the number of new teachers the
   18  school district intends to hire in the coming school year and the number
   19  of summer in the city student internships proposed by an eligible school
   20  district, if applicable. Grants provided pursuant to this section  shall
   21  be used only for the purposes enumerated in this section.  Notwithstand-
   22  ing  any  other provision of law to the contrary, a city school district
   23  in a city having a population of one million or more inhabitants receiv-
   24  ing a grant pursuant to this section may use no more than eighty percent
   25  of such grant funds for any  recruitment,  retention  and  certification
   26  costs  associated  with transitional certification of teacher candidates
   27  for the school years two thousand one--two  thousand  two  through  [two
   28  thousand  eleven--two thousand twelve] TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND
   29  THIRTEEN.
   30    S 11. Paragraph c of subdivision 2 of section 3623-a of the  education
   31  law,  as  amended by chapter 453 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read
   32  as follows:
   33    c. The purchase of equipment deemed a proper school district  expense,
   34  PROVIDED, HOWEVER THAT SUCH PURCHASE SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF
   35  THE  COMMISSIONER  AFTER JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, including:
   36  (i) the purchase of two-way radios to be used  on  old  and  new  school
   37  buses,  (ii) the purchase of stop-arms, to be used on old and new school
   38  buses, (iii) the purchase and  installation  of  seat  safety  belts  on
   39  school  buses  in  accordance  with the provisions of section thirty-six
   40  hundred thirty-five-a of this article, (iv) the purchase of  school  bus
   41  back  up  beepers,  (v)  the purchase of school bus front crossing arms,
   42  (vi) the purchase  of  school  bus  safety  sensor  devices,  (vii)  the
   43  purchase  and  installation  of  exterior  reflective  marking on school
   44  buses, (viii)  the  purchase  of  automatic  engine  fire  extinguishing
   45  systems  for school buses used to transport students who use wheelchairs
   46  or other assistive mobility devices, and  (ix)  the  purchase  of  other
   47  equipment as prescribed in the regulations of the commissioner; and
   48    S 11-a. Subparagraph 1 of paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 3641
   49  of  the  education law, as added by section 1 of part B of chapter 58 of
   50  the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
   51    (1) Such plan shall include but not be  limited  to:  the  process  by
   52  which  a request for proposals is developed; the scoring rubric by which
   53  such proposals will be evaluated; the form and manner by which  applica-
   54  tions  will  be submitted; the manner by which calculation of the amount
   55  of the award was determined, including establishing benchmarks based  on
   56  actual cost savings that must be met before any awards are paid; and the
       S. 6257--B                         12                         A. 9057--B
    1  timeline  for  the  issuance  and  review of applications to ensure that
    2  grants will be first awarded [during] WITHIN ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY DAYS
    3  FOLLOWING THE END OF the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school
    4  year.
    5    S  11-b.  Paragraphs  d  and e of subdivision 5 of section 3641 of the
    6  education law are relettered paragraphs e and f and a new paragraph d is
    7  added to read as follows:
    8    D. A SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT SUBMITS DOCUMENTATION THAT HAS BEEN APPROVED
    9  BY THE COMMISSIONER BY SEPTEMBER 1, 2012 DEMONSTRATING THAT IT HAS FULLY
   10  IMPLEMENTED NEW STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES FOR CONDUCTING  ANNUAL  PROFES-
   11  SIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS OF CLASSROOM TEACHERS AND BUILDING PRINCIPALS
   12  TO  DETERMINE  TEACHER  AND PRINCIPAL EFFECTIVENESS, SHALL RECEIVE BONUS
   13  POINTS IN THE SCORING OF ITS GRANT APPLICATION.
   14    S 12. Subdivision 6 of section 4402 of the education law,  as  amended
   15  by section 58 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to
   16  read as follows:
   17    6.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
   18  the board of education of a city school district with  a  population  of
   19  one  hundred twenty-five thousand or more inhabitants shall be permitted
   20  to establish  maximum  class  sizes  for  special  classes  for  certain
   21  students  with  disabilities  in  accordance with the provisions of this
   22  subdivision. For the purpose of obtaining relief from any adverse fiscal
   23  impact from under-utilization of special education resources due to  low
   24  student  attendance  in  special  education  classes  at  the middle and
   25  secondary level as determined by the commissioner, such boards of educa-
   26  tion shall, during the school years nineteen hundred  ninety-five--nine-
   27  ty-six  through  June  thirtieth,  two thousand [twelve] THIRTEEN of the
   28  [two thousand eleven--two  thousand  twelve]  TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE--TWO
   29  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN school year, be authorized to increase class sizes in
   30  special classes containing students with disabilities whose  age  ranges
   31  are  equivalent  to those of students in middle and secondary schools as
   32  defined by the commissioner for purposes of this section by  up  to  but
   33  not to exceed one and two tenths times the applicable maximum class size
   34  specified  in  regulations of the commissioner rounded up to the nearest
   35  whole number, provided that in a city school  district  having  a  popu-
   36  lation of one million or more, classes that have a maximum class size of
   37  fifteen  may  be increased by no more than one student and provided that
   38  the projected average class size shall not exceed the maximum  specified
   39  in  the  applicable  regulation,  provided that such authorization shall
   40  terminate on June thirtieth, two thousand. Such authorization  shall  be
   41  granted  upon  filing  of a notice by such a board of education with the
   42  commissioner stating the board's intention to increase such class  sizes
   43  and  a  certification  that the board will conduct a study of attendance
   44  problems at the secondary level and will implement a  corrective  action
   45  plan  to  increase the rate of attendance of students in such classes to
   46  at least the rate for students attending regular  education  classes  in
   47  secondary  schools of the district. Such corrective action plan shall be
   48  submitted for approval by the commissioner by a date during  the  school
   49  year  in  which such board increases class sizes as provided pursuant to
   50  this subdivision to be prescribed by the  commissioner.  Upon  at  least
   51  thirty  days  notice  to the board of education, after conclusion of the
   52  school year in which such board increases class sizes as provided pursu-
   53  ant to this subdivision, the commissioner shall be authorized to  termi-
   54  nate  such  authorization  upon  a  finding that the board has failed to
   55  develop or implement an approved corrective action plan.
       S. 6257--B                         13                         A. 9057--B
    1    S 13. Subdivision b of section 2 of chapter 756 of the laws  of  1992,
    2  relating  to funding a program for work force education conducted by the
    3  consortium for worker education in New York city, as amended by  section
    4  65  of  part  A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as
    5  follows:
    6    b.  Reimbursement for programs approved in accordance with subdivision
    7  a of this section [for the 2008-09 school year  shall  not  exceed  62.8
    8  percent  of  the lesser of such approvable costs per contact hour or ten
    9  dollars and sixty-five cents per contact hour,  reimbursement]  for  the
   10  2009-10  school year shall not exceed 64.1 percent of the lesser of such
   11  approvable costs per contact hour or eleven dollars and fifty cents  per
   12  contact  hour,  reimbursement  for  the 2010--2011 school year shall not
   13  exceed 62.6 percent of the lesser of such approvable costs  per  contact
   14  hour or twelve dollars and five cents per contact hour [and], reimburse-
   15  ment for the 2011--2012 school year shall not exceed 62.9 percent of the
   16  lesser  of  such approvable costs per contact hour or twelve dollars and
   17  fifteen cents per contact hour, AND  REIMBURSEMENT  FOR  THE  2012--2013
   18  SCHOOL YEAR SHALL NOT EXCEED 63.2 PERCENT OF THE LESSER OF SUCH APPROVA-
   19  BLE COSTS PER CONTACT HOUR OR TWELVE DOLLARS AND FORTY CENTS PER CONTACT
   20  HOUR,  where  a  contact  hour  represents  sixty minutes of instruction
   21  services provided to an  eligible  adult.    Notwithstanding  any  other
   22  provision  of  law  to  the  contrary, [for the 2008-09 school year such
   23  contact hours shall not exceed one million nine hundred forty-six  thou-
   24  sand  one  hundred  seven  (1,946,107)  hours;  whereas] for the 2009-10
   25  school year such contact  hours  shall  not  exceed  one  million  seven
   26  hundred sixty-three thousand nine hundred seven (1,763,907) hours; wher-
   27  eas  for  the 2010--2011 school year such contact hours shall not exceed
   28  one million five hundred twenty-five thousand one  hundred  ninety-eight
   29  (1,525,198)  hours;  whereas for the 2011--2012 school year such contact
   30  hours shall not exceed one  million  seven  hundred  one  thousand  five
   31  hundred  seventy  (1,701,570)  hours;  WHEREAS FOR THE 2012--2013 SCHOOL
   32  YEAR SUCH CONTACT HOURS  SHALL  NOT  EXCEED  ONE  MILLION  FOUR  HUNDRED
   33  SIXTY-EIGHT THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED TEN (1,468,710) HOURS.  Notwithstand-
   34  ing any other provision of law to the contrary, the apportionment calcu-
   35  lated  for  the city school district of the city of New York pursuant to
   36  subdivision 11 of section 3602 of the education law shall be computed as
   37  if such contact hours provided by the consortium for  worker  education,
   38  not  to exceed the contact hours set forth herein, were eligible for aid
   39  in accordance with the provisions of such subdivision 11 of section 3602
   40  of the education law.
   41    S 14. Section 4 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to  fund-
   42  ing  a  program for work force education conducted by the consortium for
   43  worker education in New York city, is amended by adding a  new  subdivi-
   44  sion q to read as follows:
   45    Q.  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  SHALL  NOT APPLY AFTER THE
   46  COMPLETION OF PAYMENTS FOR THE 2012--2013 SCHOOL YEAR.   NOTWITHSTANDING
   47  ANY  INCONSISTENT PROVISIONS OF LAW, THE COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION SHALL
   48  WITHHOLD A PORTION OF EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION EDUCATION AID  DUE  TO  THE
   49  CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK TO SUPPORT A PORTION OF THE
   50  COSTS OF THE WORK FORCE EDUCATION PROGRAM. SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE CREDITED
   51  TO  THE ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION FUND-LOCAL ASSISTANCE ACCOUNT
   52  AND SHALL NOT  EXCEED  ELEVEN  MILLION  FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS
   53  ($11,500,000).
   54    S  15. Section 6 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to fund-
   55  ing a program for work force education conducted by the  consortium  for
       S. 6257--B                         14                         A. 9057--B
    1  worker education in New York city, as amended by section 67 of part A of
    2  chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
    3    S  6.  This  act  shall  take effect July 1, 1992, and shall be deemed
    4  repealed on June 30, [2012] 2013.
    5    S 16. Subdivision 1 of section 167 of chapter 169 of the laws of 1994,
    6  relating to certain provisions related to the 1994-95 state  operations,
    7  aid to localities, capital projects and debt service budgets, as amended
    8  by section 68 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to
    9  read as follows:
   10    1.  Sections  one  through seventy of this act shall be deemed to have
   11  been in full force and effect as of April  1,  1994  provided,  however,
   12  that  sections  one,  two,  twenty-four,  twenty-five  and  twenty-seven
   13  through seventy of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
   14  31, 2000; provided, however, that section twenty of this act shall apply
   15  only to hearings commenced prior to  September  1,  1994,  and  provided
   16  further  that  section twenty-six of this act shall expire and be deemed
   17  repealed on March 31, 1997; and  provided  further  that  sections  four
   18  through fourteen, sixteen, and eighteen, nineteen and twenty-one through
   19  twenty-one-a  of  this  act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
   20  31, 1997; and provided further that sections three, fifteen,  seventeen,
   21  twenty,  twenty-two  and  twenty-three  of  this act shall expire and be
   22  deemed repealed on March 31, [2013] 2014.
   23    S 17. Subdivision 6-a of section 140 of chapter  82  of  the  laws  of
   24  1995,  amending  the  education  law  and certain other laws relating to
   25  state aid to school districts and the appropriation  of  funds  for  the
   26  support  of government, as amended by section 51 of part B of chapter 57
   27  of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
   28    (6-a) Section seventy-three of this act shall take effect July 1, 1995
   29  and shall be deemed repealed June 30, [2012] 2017;
   30    S 18. Subdivisions 22 and 24 of section 140 of chapter 82 of the  laws
   31  of  1995,  amending the education law and certain other laws relating to
   32  state aid to school districts and the appropriation  of  funds  for  the
   33  support  of government, as amended by section 69 of part A of chapter 58
   34  of the laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
   35    (22) sections one hundred twelve, one hundred  thirteen,  one  hundred
   36  fourteen,  one hundred fifteen and one hundred sixteen of this act shall
   37  take effect on July 1, 1995; provided, however, that section one hundred
   38  thirteen of this act shall remain in full force and effect until July 1,
   39  [2012] 2013 at which time it shall be deemed repealed;
   40    (24) sections one hundred eighteen through one hundred thirty of  this
   41  act  shall  be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and after
   42  July 1, 1995; provided further, however, that the amendments made pursu-
   43  ant to section one hundred nineteen of this act shall be  deemed  to  be
   44  repealed on and after July 1, [2012] 2013;
   45    S  19.  Section  4  of  chapter  698 of the laws of 1996, amending the
   46  education law relating to transportation contracts, as amended by  chap-
   47  ter 165 of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
   48    S  4.  This act shall take effect immediately, and shall expire and be
   49  deemed repealed on and after June 30, [2012] 2017.
   50    S 20. Section 12 of chapter 147 of the  laws  of  2001,  amending  the
   51  education  law  relating  to conditional appointment of school district,
   52  charter school or BOCES employees, as amended by section 72 of part A of
   53  chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
   54    S 12. This act shall take effect on the same date as  chapter  180  of
   55  the laws of 2000 takes effect, and shall expire July 1, [2012] 2013 when
   56  upon such date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
       S. 6257--B                         15                         A. 9057--B
    1    S  21.  Section  4  of  chapter  425 of the laws of 2002, amending the
    2  education law relating to  the  provision  of  supplemental  educational
    3  services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public  school and the suspension of
    4  pupils who bring a firearm to or possess  a  firearm  at  a  school,  as
    5  amended  by  section  73 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is
    6  amended to read as follows:
    7    S 4. This act shall take effect July 1, 2002 and shall expire  and  be
    8  deemed repealed June 30, [2012] 2013.
    9    S  22.  Section  5  of  chapter  101 of the laws of 2003, amending the
   10  education law relating to implementation of the No Child Left Behind Act
   11  of 2001, as amended by section 74 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of
   12  2011, is amended to read as follows:
   13    S 5. This act shall take effect immediately;  provided  that  sections
   14  one,  two  and  three of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on
   15  June 30, [2012] 2013.
   16    S 23. Subdivision 4 of section 51 of part B of chapter 57 of the  laws
   17  of  2008,  amending the education law relating to the universal pre-kin-
   18  dergarten program, as amended by chapter 2  of  the  laws  of  2011,  is
   19  amended to read as follows:
   20    4.  section  23  of  this act shall take effect July 1, 2008 and shall
   21  expire and be deemed repealed June 30, [2012] 2013;
   22    S 24. School bus driver training. In addition to apportionments other-
   23  wise provided by section 3602 of the education law, for aid  payable  in
   24  the  2012--13  school year, the commissioner of education shall allocate
   25  school bus driver training grants to  school  districts  and  boards  of
   26  cooperative  education  services pursuant to sections 3650-a, 3650-b and
   27  3650-c of the education law, or for contracts directly with not-for-pro-
   28  fit educational organizations for the purposes  of  this  section.  Such
   29  payments  shall  not exceed four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per
   30  school year.
   31    S 25. Support of public libraries. The  moneys  appropriated  for  the
   32  support  of public libraries by the chapter of the laws of 2012 enacting
   33  the aid to localities budget shall be apportioned for the 2012--13 state
   34  fiscal year in accordance with the provisions of sections 271, 272, 273,
   35  282, 284, and 285 of the education law as amended by the  provisions  of
   36  this  act,  provided  that  library construction aid pursuant to section
   37  273-a of the education law shall not be payable from the  appropriations
   38  for  the  support  of  public  libraries  and  provided  further that no
   39  library, library system or program, as defined by  the  commissioner  of
   40  education,  shall  receive  less  total  system  or  program aid than it
   41  received for the year 2001--2002 except  as  a  result  of  a  reduction
   42  adjustment  necessary  to  conform  to the appropriations for support of
   43  public libraries.
   44    Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary the  moneys
   45  appropriated for the support of public libraries for the year 2012--2013
   46  by  a  chapter of the laws of 2012 enacting the aid to localities budget
   47  shall fulfill the state's obligation to provide such aid  and,  pursuant
   48  to a plan developed by the commissioner of education and approved by the
   49  director of the budget, the aid payable to libraries and library systems
   50  pursuant  to  such  appropriations  shall  be reduced proportionately to
   51  assure that the total amount of aid payable does not  exceed  the  total
   52  appropriations for such purpose.
   53    S  26.  Special apportionment for salary expenses. a.  Notwithstanding
   54  any other provision of law, upon  application  to  the  commissioner  of
   55  education,  not  sooner  than  the first day of the second full business
   56  week of June, 2013 and not later than the last day  of  the  third  full
       S. 6257--B                         16                         A. 9057--B
    1  business  week  of  June, 2013, a school district eligible for an appor-
    2  tionment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law shall be eligible
    3  to receive an apportionment pursuant to this  section,  for  the  school
    4  year  ending June 30, 2013, for salary expenses incurred between April 1
    5  and June 30, 2013 and such apportionment shall not exceed the sum of (i)
    6  the deficit reduction  assessment  of  1990--91  as  determined  by  the
    7  commissioner  of  education, pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision 1 of
    8  section 3602 of the education law, as in effect through June  30,  1993,
    9  plus  (ii)  186  percent  of such amount for a city school district in a
   10  city with a population in excess of 1,000,000  inhabitants,  plus  (iii)
   11  209  percent  of such amount for a city school district in a city with a
   12  population of more than 195,000 inhabitants and less than 219,000 inhab-
   13  itants according to the latest federal census  plus  (iv)  the  net  gap
   14  elimination adjustment for 2010--2011, as determined by the commissioner
   15  of  education  pursuant  to chapter 53 of the laws of 2010, plus (v) the
   16  gap elimination adjustment for 2011--12 as determined by the commission-
   17  er of education pursuant to subdivision 17 of section 3602 of the educa-
   18  tion law, and provided further that such apportionment shall not  exceed
   19  such  salary  expenses.  Such  application  shall  be  made  by a school
   20  district, after the board of education or trustees have adopted a resol-
   21  ution to do so and in the case of a city school district in a city  with
   22  a  population in excess of 125,000 inhabitants, with the approval of the
   23  mayor of such city.
   24    b. The claim for an apportionment to be  paid  to  a  school  district
   25  pursuant  to  subdivision  a  of  this section shall be submitted to the
   26  commissioner of education on a form prescribed  for  such  purpose,  and
   27  shall  be  payable upon determination by such commissioner that the form
   28  has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
   29  on the same day in September of the school year following  the  year  in
   30  which  application  was  made as funds provided pursuant to subparagraph
   31  (4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
   32  law, on the audit and warrant  of  the  state  comptroller  on  vouchers
   33  certified  or  approved  by  the commissioner of education in the manner
   34  prescribed by law from moneys in the state lottery  fund  and  from  the
   35  general  fund  to  the  extent that the amount paid to a school district
   36  pursuant to this section exceeds the amount, if  any,  due  such  school
   37  district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
   38  section  3609-a  of  the  education law in the school year following the
   39  year in which application was made.
   40    c. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3609-a of  the  education
   41  law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
   42  subdivisions  a  and  b of this section shall first be deducted from the
   43  following payments due  the  school  district  during  the  school  year
   44  following  the  year  in which application was made pursuant to subpara-
   45  graphs (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) of paragraph a  of  subdivision  1  of
   46  section  3609-a of the education law in the following order: the lottery
   47  apportionment payable pursuant to subparagraph  (2)  of  such  paragraph
   48  followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
   49  of  such  paragraph  and then followed by the district's payments to the
   50  teachers' retirement system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of  such  para-
   51  graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
   52  due  the  district  pursuant to paragraph b of such subdivision shall be
   53  deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
   54  the district.
   55    S 27. Special apportionment for public pension accruals. a.   Notwith-
   56  standing any other provision of law, upon application to the commission-
       S. 6257--B                         17                         A. 9057--B
    1  er  of education, not later than June 30, 2013, a school district eligi-
    2  ble for an apportionment pursuant to section 3602 of the  education  law
    3  shall  be eligible to receive an apportionment pursuant to this section,
    4  for  the  school  year ending June 30, 2013 and such apportionment shall
    5  not exceed the  additional  accruals  required  to  be  made  by  school
    6  districts  in  the  2004--05  and  2005--06 school years associated with
    7  changes for such public pension liabilities. The amount  of  such  addi-
    8  tional  accrual  shall  be certified to the commissioner of education by
    9  the president of the board of education or the trustees or, in the  case
   10  of  a  city  school  district  in  a city with a population in excess of
   11  125,000 inhabitants, the mayor of such city. Such application  shall  be
   12  made by a school district, after the board of education or trustees have
   13  adopted  a resolution to do so and in the case of a city school district
   14  in a city with a population in excess of 125,000 inhabitants,  with  the
   15  approval of the mayor of such city.
   16    b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
   17  pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
   18  commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
   19  shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
   20  has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
   21  on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
   22  which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph
   23  (4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
   24  law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
   25  certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
   26  prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
   27  general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
   28  pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
   29  district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
   30  section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
   31  year in which application was made.
   32    c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
   33  law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
   34  subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
   35  following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
   36  following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
   37  graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
   38  section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
   39  apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
   40  followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
   41  of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
   42  teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
   43  graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
   44  due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
   45  deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
   46  the district.
   47    S  28.  a.  Notwithstanding  any  other law, rule or regulation to the
   48  contrary, any moneys appropriated to the state education department  may
   49  be  suballocated  to  other state departments or agencies, as needed, to
   50  accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
   51    b. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
   52  moneys  appropriated  to the state education department from the general
   53  fund/aid to localities,  local  assistance  account-001,  shall  be  for
   54  payment  of  financial  assistance,  as scheduled, net of disallowances,
   55  refunds, reimbursement and credits.
       S. 6257--B                         18                         A. 9057--B
    1    c. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
    2  all  moneys  appropriated  to  the state education department for aid to
    3  localities shall be available for payment of aid heretofore or hereafter
    4  to accrue and may be suballocated to other departments and  agencies  to
    5  accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
    6    d.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
    7  moneys appropriated  to  the  state  education  department  for  general
    8  support  for  public  schools may be interchanged with any other item of
    9  appropriation for general support for public schools within the  general
   10  fund  local  assistance  account office of prekindergarten through grade
   11  twelve education programs.
   12    S 29. Notwithstanding the provision of any law, rule, or regulation to
   13  the contrary, the city school district of the city  of  Rochester,  upon
   14  the  consent  of  the  board  of cooperative educational services of the
   15  supervisory district serving its geographic  region  may  purchase  from
   16  such  board  for  the  2012--13  school  year, as a non-component school
   17  district, services required by article 19 of the education law.
   18    S 30. The amounts specified in this section shall be a  setaside  from
   19  the  state  funds  which  each such district is receiving from the total
   20  foundation aid:
   21    a. for the purpose of the development,  maintenance  or  expansion  of
   22  magnet schools or magnet school programs for the 2012--2013 school year.
   23  To  the city school district of the city of New York there shall be paid
   24  forty-eight  million   one   hundred   seventy-five   thousand   dollars
   25  ($48,175,000) including five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for the
   26  Andrew  Jackson  High School; to the Buffalo city school district, twen-
   27  ty-one  million  twenty-five  thousand  dollars  ($21,025,000);  to  the
   28  Rochester  city  school district, fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000);
   29  to  the  Syracuse  city  school  district,  thirteen   million   dollars
   30  ($13,000,000);  to  the Yonkers city school district, forty-nine million
   31  five hundred thousand dollars ($49,500,000); to the Newburgh city school
   32  district,  four  million  six  hundred   forty-five   thousand   dollars
   33  ($4,645,000); to the Poughkeepsie city school district, two million four
   34  hundred  seventy-five thousand dollars ($2,475,000); to the Mount Vernon
   35  city school district, two  million  dollars  ($2,000,000);  to  the  New
   36  Rochelle  city  school  district,  one million four hundred ten thousand
   37  dollars ($1,410,000); to  the  Schenectady  city  school  district,  one
   38  million eight hundred thousand dollars ($1,800,000); to the Port Chester
   39  city  school  district,  one  million one hundred fifty thousand dollars
   40  ($1,150,000); to the White Plains city  school  district,  nine  hundred
   41  thousand  dollars ($900,000); to the Niagara Falls city school district,
   42  six hundred thousand dollars  ($600,000);  to  the  Albany  city  school
   43  district,   three   million   five   hundred   fifty   thousand  dollars
   44  ($3,550,000); to the Utica city school  district,  two  million  dollars
   45  ($2,000,000); to the Beacon city school district, five hundred sixty-six
   46  thousand  dollars  ($566,000);  to  the Middletown city school district,
   47  four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000); to  the  Freeport  union  free
   48  school district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000); to the Green-
   49  burgh   central   school   district,   three  hundred  thousand  dollars
   50  ($300,000); to the Amsterdam city school district, eight  hundred  thou-
   51  sand  dollars  ($800,000);  to  the  Peekskill city school district, two
   52  hundred thousand dollars ($200,000);  and  to  the  Hudson  city  school
   53  district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000).
   54    b.  notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision a of this section, a
   55  school district receiving a grant pursuant to this section may use  such
   56  grant  funds  for:  (i) any instructional or instructional support costs
       S. 6257--B                         19                         A. 9057--B
    1  associated with the operation of a magnet school; or (ii)  any  instruc-
    2  tional  or instructional support costs associated with implementation of
    3  an alternative approach to reduction of racial isolation and/or enhance-
    4  ment of the instructional program and raising of standards in elementary
    5  and  secondary  schools  of  school districts having substantial concen-
    6  trations of minority students. The commissioner of education  shall  not
    7  be authorized to withhold magnet grant funds from a school district that
    8  used  such  funds in accordance with this paragraph, notwithstanding any
    9  inconsistency with a request for proposals issued by such commissioner.
   10    c. for the purpose of attendance improvement  and  dropout  prevention
   11  for  the  2012--2013 school year, for any city school district in a city
   12  having a population of more than one million, the setaside  for  attend-
   13  ance improvement and dropout prevention shall equal the amount set aside
   14  in  the  year prior to the base year. For the 2012--2013 school year, it
   15  is further provided that any city school district in  a  city  having  a
   16  population of more than one million shall allocate at least one-third of
   17  any  increase  from  base year levels in funds set aside pursuant to the
   18  requirements of this subdivision to community-based  organizations.  Any
   19  increase required pursuant to this subdivision to community-based organ-
   20  izations  must be in addition to allocations provided to community-based
   21  organizations in the base year.
   22    d. for the purpose of teacher support for the 2012--2013 school  year:
   23  to  the  city school district of the city of New York, sixty-two million
   24  seven hundred seven thousand dollars ($62,707,000); to the Buffalo  city
   25  school  district,  one  million seven hundred forty-one thousand dollars
   26  ($1,741,000); to the Rochester city school district, one million  seven-
   27  ty-six  thousand  dollars  ($1,076,000);  to  the  Yonkers  city  school
   28  district,  one  million  one  hundred   forty-seven   thousand   dollars
   29  ($1,147,000);  and  to  the Syracuse city school district, eight hundred
   30  nine thousand dollars ($809,000). All funds made available to  a  school
   31  district  pursuant to this subdivision shall be distributed among teach-
   32  ers including prekindergarten teachers and teachers of adult  vocational
   33  and  academic  subjects in accordance with this subdivision and shall be
   34  in addition to salaries  heretofore  or  hereafter  negotiated  or  made
   35  available;  provided,  however,  that  all funds distributed pursuant to
   36  this section for the current year shall be  deemed  to  incorporate  all
   37  funds  distributed  pursuant to former subdivision 27 of section 3602 of
   38  the education law for prior years. In school districts where the  teach-
   39  ers  are  represented by certified or recognized employee organizations,
   40  all salary increases funded pursuant to this section shall be determined
   41  by separate collective negotiations conducted pursuant to the provisions
   42  and procedures of article 14 of the civil service  law,  notwithstanding
   43  the  existence of a negotiated agreement between a school district and a
   44  certified or recognized employee organization.
   45    S 31.  a. Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the  contrary,
   46  the actions or omissions of any school district which failed to submit a
   47  final building project cost report by June 30 of the school year follow-
   48  ing  June  30 of the school year in which the certificate of substantial
   49  completion of the project is issued by the architect or engineer, or six
   50  months after issuance of such certificate, whichever is later, are here-
   51  by ratified and validated,  provided  that  such  building  project  was
   52  eligible  for  aid  in  a year for which the commissioner is required to
   53  prepare an estimate of apportionments due and owing  pursuant  to  para-
   54  graph  c of subdivision 21 of section 305 of the education law, provided
   55  further that such school district submits a  final  cost  report  on  or
   56  before December 31, 2012 and such report is approved by the commissioner
       S. 6257--B                         20                         A. 9057--B
    1  of  education,  and provided further that any amount due and payable for
    2  school years prior to the 2013-14 school year as a result  of  this  act
    3  shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of paragraph c of subdivision 5
    4  of section 3604 of the education law.
    5    b.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of law to the contrary, any
    6  pending payment of moneys due to such district as a prior  year  adjust-
    7  ment payable pursuant to paragraph c of subdivision 5 of section 3604 of
    8  the education law for aid claims that had been previously paid in excess
    9  as  current  year aid payments and for which recovery of excess payments
   10  is to be made pursuant to this act, shall be reduced  by  any  remaining
   11  unrecovered balance of such excess payments, and the remaining scheduled
   12  deductions of such excess payments pursuant to this act shall be reduced
   13  by the commissioner of education to reflect the amount so recovered.
   14    c.  The education department is hereby directed to adjust the approved
   15  costs of the aforementioned projects on a pro-rata basis to reflect  the
   16  number  of years between June 30 of the school year following June 30 of
   17  the school year in which the certificate of  substantial  completion  of
   18  the  project is issued by the architect or engineer, or six months after
   19  issuance of such certificate, whichever is later and the date upon which
   20  the district filed a final cost report as a  proportion  of  the  useful
   21  life  of  the  project,  and to consider such adjusted approved costs as
   22  valid and proper obligations of such school districts.
   23    S 32. Severability. The provisions of this act shall be severable, and
   24  if the application of  any  clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,
   25  section  or  part  of  this  act  to any person or circumstance shall be
   26  adjudged by any court of competent  jurisdiction  to  be  invalid,  such
   27  judgment shall not necessarily affect, impair or invalidate the applica-
   28  tion of any such clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, section, part
   29  of  this  act  or  remainder  thereof,  as the case may be, to any other
   30  person or circumstance, but shall be confined in its  operation  to  the
   31  clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,  section  or  part  thereof
   32  directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment  shall  have
   33  been rendered.
   34    S  33.  This act shall take effect immediately, and shall be deemed to
   35  have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2012, provided,
   36  however, that:
   37    1. Section three of this act shall be deemed  to  have  been  in  full
   38  force and effect on and after July 1, 2006;
   39    2.  Sections  six,  nine, ten, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, twenty-four
   40  and thirty of this act shall take effect July 1, 2012;
   41    3. The amendments to subdivision 6 of section 4402  of  the  education
   42  law  made  by  section twelve of this act shall not affect the repeal of
   43  such subdivision and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
   44    4. The amendments to chapter 756 of the  laws  of  1992,  relating  to
   45  funding a program for work force education conducted by a consortium for
   46  worker  education  in New York city, made by sections thirteen and four-
   47  teen of this act shall not affect the repeal of such chapter  and  shall
   48  be deemed repealed therewith; and
   49    5.  Section  twenty-eight  of  this  act  shall  expire  and be deemed
   50  repealed June 30, 2013.
   51                                  PART A-1
   52    Section 1. Subdivision 1 of section 3012-c of the  education  law,  as
   53  added by chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
       S. 6257--B                         21                         A. 9057--B
    1    1.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, rule or regulation to
    2  the contrary, the annual professional performance reviews of all  class-
    3  room  teachers  and  building principals employed by school districts or
    4  boards of cooperative educational services shall be conducted in accord-
    5  ance with the provisions of this section. Such performance reviews which
    6  are  conducted  on  or  after  July first, two thousand eleven, or on or
    7  after the date specified in paragraph  c  of  subdivision  two  of  this
    8  section  where applicable, shall include measures of student achievement
    9  and be conducted in accordance with this section.   Such annual  profes-
   10  sional  performance reviews shall be a significant factor for employment
   11  decisions including but not limited  to,  promotion,  retention,  tenure
   12  determination,  termination,  and supplemental compensation, which deci-
   13  sions are to be made in accordance  with  locally  developed  procedures
   14  negotiated pursuant to the requirements of article fourteen of the civil
   15  service  law  WHERE APPLICABLE.  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS
   16  SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO AFFECT THE STATUTORY  RIGHT  OF  A  SCHOOL
   17  DISTRICT  OR  BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO TERMINATE A
   18  PROBATIONARY TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL FOR STATUTORILY  AND  CONSTITUTIONALLY
   19  PERMISSIBLE REASONS OTHER THAN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE TEACHER OR PRINCI-
   20  PAL IN THE CLASSROOM OR SCHOOL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MISCONDUCT.
   21  Such  performance  reviews shall also be a significant factor in teacher
   22  and principal development,  including  but  not  limited  to,  coaching,
   23  induction support and differentiated professional development, which are
   24  to  be  locally  established  in  accordance  with procedures negotiated
   25  pursuant to the requirements of article fourteen of  the  civil  service
   26  law.
   27    S  2.  Paragraph a of subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the education
   28  law, as added by chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, is amended to read  as
   29  follows:
   30    a.  (1) The annual professional performance reviews conducted pursuant
   31  to this section for classroom teachers  and  building  principals  shall
   32  differentiate  teacher  and  principal effectiveness using the following
   33  quality rating categories: highly effective, effective,  developing  and
   34  ineffective,  with  explicit minimum and maximum scoring ranges for each
   35  category, FOR  THE  STATE  ASSESSMENTS  AND  OTHER  COMPARABLE  MEASURES
   36  SUBCOMPONENT  OF THE EVALUATION AND FOR THE LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF
   37  STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT SUBCOMPONENT OF THE EVALUATION, as prescribed in the
   38  regulations of the commissioner. THERE SHALL BE: (I) A STATE ASSESSMENTS
   39  AND OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT WHICH SHALL  COMPRISE  TWENTY
   40  OR  TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT OF THE EVALUATION; (II) A LOCALLY SELECTED MEAS-
   41  URES OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT SUBCOMPONENT WHICH SHALL COMPRISE TWENTY  OR
   42  FIFTEEN PERCENT OF THE EVALUATION; AND (III) AN OTHER MEASURES OF TEACH-
   43  ER  OR  PRINCIPAL  EFFECTIVENESS  SUBCOMPONENT  WHICH SHALL COMPRISE THE
   44  REMAINING SIXTY PERCENT OF THE EVALUATION, WHICH IN SUM SHALL CONSTITUTE
   45  THE COMPOSITE TEACHER OR  PRINCIPAL  EFFECTIVENESS  SCORE.  Such  annual
   46  professional  performance  reviews  shall  result  in a single composite
   47  teacher or principal effectiveness score,  which  incorporates  multiple
   48  measures  of effectiveness related to the criteria included in the regu-
   49  lations of the commissioner.
   50    (2) FOR ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED  IN  ACCORD-
   51  ANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  B  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   52  ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL  YEAR  AND  FOR  ANNUAL  PROFESSIONAL
   53  PERFORMANCE  REVIEWS  CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPHS F AND G OF
   54  THIS SUBDIVISION FOR THE  TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE--TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN
   55  SCHOOL YEAR, THE OVERALL COMPOSITE SCORING RANGES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
       S. 6257--B                         22                         A. 9057--B
    1  WITH THIS SUBPARAGRAPH. A CLASSROOM TEACHER AND BUILDING PRINCIPAL SHALL
    2  BE DEEMED TO BE:
    3    (A)  HIGHLY  EFFECTIVE IF THEY ACHIEVE A COMPOSITE EFFECTIVENESS SCORE
    4  OF 91-100.
    5    (B) EFFECTIVE IF THEY  ACHIEVE  A  COMPOSITE  EFFECTIVENESS  SCORE  OF
    6  75-90.
    7    (C)  DEVELOPING  IF  THEY  ACHIEVE  A COMPOSITE EFFECTIVENESS SCORE OF
    8  65-74.
    9    (D) INEFFECTIVE IF THEY ACHIEVE A  COMPOSITE  EFFECTIVENESS  SCORE  OF
   10  0-64.
   11    (3)  FOR  ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED IN ACCORD-
   12  ANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  B  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   13  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND FOR ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL
   14  PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH  PARAGRAPH  F  OF  THIS
   15  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL
   16  YEAR FOR CLASSROOM TEACHERS IN SUBJECTS AND GRADES FOR WHICH  THE  BOARD
   17  OF REGENTS HAS NOT APPROVED A VALUE-ADDED MODEL AND FOR BUILDING PRINCI-
   18  PALS  EMPLOYED  IN  SCHOOLS  OR  PROGRAMS FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPROVED
   19  PRINCIPAL VALUE-ADDED MODEL, THE SCORING RANGES FOR THE  STUDENT  GROWTH
   20  ON  STATE ASSESSMENTS OR OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT SHALL BE
   21  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBPARAGRAPH. A CLASSROOM TEACHER  AND  BUILDING
   22  PRINCIPAL SHALL RECEIVE:
   23    (A) A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR
   24  PRINCIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  WELL-ABOVE  THE  STATE  AVERAGE  FOR  SIMILAR
   25  STUDENTS AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 18-20;
   26    (B) AN EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR PRIN-
   27  CIPAL'S RESULTS MEET THE STATE AVERAGE FOR  SIMILAR  STUDENTS  AND  THEY
   28  ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 9-17; OR
   29    (C) A DEVELOPING RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR PRIN-
   30  CIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  BELOW  THE STATE AVERAGE FOR SIMILAR STUDENTS AND
   31  THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 3-8; OR
   32    (D) AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT, IF  THE  TEACHER'S  OR
   33  PRINCIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  WELL-BELOW  THE  STATE  AVERAGE  FOR  SIMILAR
   34  STUDENTS AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 0-2.
   35    (4) FOR ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED  IN  ACCORD-
   36  ANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  G  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   37  TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR  FOR  CLASSROOM  TEACHERS  IN
   38  SUBJECTS  AND  GRADES  FOR  WHICH  THE  BOARD  OF REGENTS HAS APPROVED A
   39  VALUE-ADDED MODEL AND FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS  EMPLOYED  IN  SCHOOLS  OR
   40  PROGRAMS FOR WHICH THERE IS AN APPROVED PRINCIPAL VALUE-ADDED MODEL, THE
   41  SCORING  RANGES  FOR  THE  STUDENT  GROWTH ON STATE ASSESSMENTS OR OTHER
   42  COMPARABLE MEASURES  SUBCOMPONENT  SHALL  BE  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THIS
   43  SUBPARAGRAPH. A CLASSROOM TEACHER AND BUILDING PRINCIPAL SHALL RECEIVE:
   44    (A) A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR
   45  PRINCIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  WELL-ABOVE  THE  STATE  AVERAGE  FOR  SIMILAR
   46  STUDENTS AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 22-25;
   47    (B) AN EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR PRIN-
   48  CIPAL'S RESULTS MEET THE STATE AVERAGE FOR  SIMILAR  STUDENTS  AND  THEY
   49  ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 10-21; OR
   50    (C) A DEVELOPING RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE TEACHER'S OR PRIN-
   51  CIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  BELOW  THE STATE AVERAGE FOR SIMILAR STUDENTS AND
   52  THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 3-9; OR
   53    (D) AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT, IF  THE  TEACHER'S  OR
   54  PRINCIPAL'S  RESULTS  ARE  WELL-BELOW  THE  STATE  AVERAGE  FOR  SIMILAR
   55  STUDENTS AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 0-2.
       S. 6257--B                         23                         A. 9057--B
    1    (5) FOR ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED  IN  ACCORD-
    2  ANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  B  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
    3  ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL  YEAR  AND  FOR  ANNUAL  PROFESSIONAL
    4  PERFORMANCE  REVIEWS  CONDUCTED  IN  ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH F OF THIS
    5  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL
    6  YEAR FOR CLASSROOM TEACHERS IN SUBJECTS AND GRADES FOR WHICH  THE  BOARD
    7  OF REGENTS HAS NOT APPROVED A VALUE-ADDED MODEL AND FOR BUILDING PRINCI-
    8  PALS  EMPLOYED  IN  SCHOOLS  OR  PROGRAMS FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPROVED
    9  PRINCIPAL VALUE-ADDED MODEL, THE SCORING RANGES FOR THE LOCALLY SELECTED
   10  MEASURES OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT SUBCOMPONENT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
   11  THIS SUBPARAGRAPH. A CLASSROOM  TEACHER  AND  BUILDING  PRINCIPAL  SHALL
   12  RECEIVE:
   13    (A)  A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS ARE
   14  WELL-ABOVE DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR STUDENT GROWTH OR  ACHIEVE-
   15  MENT AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 18-20; OR
   16    (B)  AN  EFFECTIVE  RATING  IN  THIS  SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS MEET
   17  DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT AND THEY ACHIEVE
   18  A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 9-17; OR
   19    (C) A DEVELOPING RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS ARE  BELOW
   20  DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT AND THEY ACHIEVE
   21  A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 3-8; OR
   22    (D)  AN  INEFFECTIVE  RATING  IN  THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS ARE
   23  WELL-BELOW DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR  ACHIEVEMENT  AND
   24  THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 0-2.
   25    (6)  FOR  ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED IN ACCORD-
   26  ANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  B  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
   27  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND FOR ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL
   28  PERFORMANCE REVIEWS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH  PARAGRAPH  G  OF  THIS
   29  SUBDIVISION  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL
   30  YEAR FOR CLASSROOM TEACHERS IN SUBJECTS AND GRADES FOR WHICH  THE  BOARD
   31  OF  REGENTS HAS APPROVED A VALUE-ADDED MODEL AND FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS
   32  EMPLOYED IN SCHOOLS OR PROGRAMS FOR WHICH THERE IS AN APPROVED PRINCIPAL
   33  VALUE-ADDED MODEL, THE SCORING RANGES FOR THE LOCALLY SELECTED  MEASURES
   34  OF  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  SUBCOMPONENT  SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS
   35  SUBPARAGRAPH. A CLASSROOM TEACHER AND BUILDING PRINCIPAL SHALL RECEIVE:
   36    (A) A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS  ARE
   37  WELL-ABOVE  DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVE-
   38  MENT AND THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 14-15; OR
   39    (B) AN EFFECTIVE RATING IN  THIS  SUBCOMPONENT  IF  THE  RESULTS  MEET
   40  DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT AND THEY ACHIEVE
   41  A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 8-13; OR
   42    (C)  A DEVELOPING RATING IN THIS SUBCOMPONENT IF THE RESULTS ARE BELOW
   43  DISTRICT-ADOPTED EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT AND THEY ACHIEVE
   44  A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 3-7; OR
   45    (D) AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN THIS  SUBCOMPONENT  IF  THE  RESULTS  ARE
   46  WELL-BELOW  DISTRICT-ADOPTED  EXPECTATIONS FOR GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT AND
   47  THEY ACHIEVE A SUBCOMPONENT SCORE OF 0-2.
   48    (7) FOR THE TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN--TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR
   49  AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL REVIEW THE SPECIFIC SCORING RANG-
   50  ES  FOR  EACH OF THE RATING CATEGORIES ANNUALLY BEFORE THE START OF EACH
   51  SCHOOL YEAR AND SHALL RECOMMEND ANY CHANGES TO THE BOARD OF REGENTS  FOR
   52  CONSIDERATION.
   53    (8) Except for the student growth measures ON THE STATE ASSESSMENTS OR
   54  OTHER  COMPARABLE MEASURES OF STUDENT GROWTH prescribed in paragraphs e,
   55  f and g of this  subdivision,  the  elements  comprising  the  composite
   56  effectiveness  score  AND  THE  PROCESS  BY WHICH POINTS ARE ASSIGNED TO
       S. 6257--B                         24                         A. 9057--B
    1  SUBCOMPONENTS shall be locally developed, consistent with the  standards
    2  prescribed  in  the regulations of the commissioner AND THE REQUIREMENTS
    3  OF  THIS  SECTION,  through  negotiations  conducted,  pursuant  to  the
    4  requirements of article fourteen of the civil service law.
    5    S  3.  Paragraphs  b  and  c of subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the
    6  education law, as added by chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, are  amended
    7  to read as follows:
    8    b.  (1)  Annual  professional  performance reviews conducted by school
    9  districts [on or after July first, two thousand  eleven]  OR  BOARDS  OF
   10  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FOR THE TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN--TWO THOU-
   11  SAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR of classroom teachers of common branch  subjects
   12  or  English language arts or mathematics in grades four to eight and all
   13  building principals of schools in which such teachers are employed shall
   14  be conducted pursuant to this subdivision and  shall  use  two  thousand
   15  ten--two  thousand  eleven  school year student data as the baseline for
   16  the initial computation of the composite teacher or principal effective-
   17  ness score for such classroom teachers and principals.
   18    (2) SUBJECT TO PARAGRAPH K  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  THE  ENTIRE  ANNUAL
   19  PROFESSIONAL  PERFORMANCE  REVIEW SHALL BE COMPLETED AND PROVIDED TO THE
   20  TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE BUT IN NO  CASE  LATER  THAN
   21  SEPTEMBER  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND TWELVE. THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPHS
   22  TWO AND THREE OF PARAGRAPH C OF THIS SUBDIVISION  SHALL  APPLY  TO  SUCH
   23  REVIEWS.
   24    c.  (1)  Annual  professional  performance reviews conducted by school
   25  districts or boards of cooperative educational  services  [on  or  after
   26  July  first, two thousand twelve] FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOU-
   27  SAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER of all classroom  teachers  and
   28  all  building principals shall be conducted pursuant to this subdivision
   29  and shall use two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year
   30  student  data as the baseline for the initial computation of the compos-
   31  ite teacher or principal effectiveness score for such classroom teachers
   32  and principals. For purposes of this section, an administrator in charge
   33  of an instructional  program  of  a  board  of  cooperative  educational
   34  services shall be deemed to be a building principal.
   35    (2)  SUBJECT  TO  PARAGRAPH  K  OF  THIS SUBDIVISION THE ENTIRE ANNUAL
   36  PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW SHALL BE COMPLETED AND PROVIDED  TO  THE
   37  TEACHER  OR  PRINCIPAL  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE BUT IN NO CASE LATER THAN
   38  SEPTEMBER FIRST OF THE SCHOOL YEAR NEXT FOLLOWING THE  SCHOOL  YEAR  FOR
   39  WHICH THE CLASSROOM TEACHER OR BUILDING PRINCIPAL'S PERFORMANCE IS BEING
   40  MEASURED.  THE TEACHER'S AND PRINCIPAL'S SCORE AND RATING ON THE LOCALLY
   41  SELECTED MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT, IF AVAILABLE, AND ON THE OTHER  MEASURES
   42  OF  TEACHER  AND PRINCIPAL EFFECTIVENESS SUBCOMPONENT FOR A TEACHER'S OR
   43  PRINCIPAL'S ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW SHALL BE COMPUTED AND
   44  PROVIDED TO THE TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL, IN WRITING, BY NO LATER  THAN  THE
   45  LAST  DAY OF THE SCHOOL YEAR FOR WHICH THE TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL IS BEING
   46  MEASURED. NOTHING IN THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO AUTHORIZE  A
   47  TEACHER  OR  PRINCIPAL TO TRIGGER THE APPEAL PROCESS PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF
   48  HIS OR HER COMPOSITE EFFECTIVENESS SCORE AND RATING.
   49    (3) EACH SUCH ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW SHALL BE BASED ON
   50  THE STATE ASSESSMENTS OR OTHER  COMPARABLE  MEASURES  SUBCOMPONENT,  THE
   51  LOCALLY  SELECTED  MEASURES  OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT SUBCOMPONENT AND THE
   52  OTHER MEASURES OF  TEACHER  AND  PRINCIPAL  EFFECTIVENESS  SUBCOMPONENT,
   53  DETERMINED  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION
   54  AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER, FOR THE SCHOOL YEAR  FOR  WHICH
   55  THE TEACHER'S OR PRINCIPAL'S PERFORMANCE IS MEASURED.
       S. 6257--B                         25                         A. 9057--B
    1    S  4.  Paragraphs e, f and g of subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the
    2  education law, as added by chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, are  amended
    3  to read as follows:
    4    e.  (1)  For  annual  professional  performance  reviews  conducted in
    5  accordance with paragraph b of this subdivision [in] FOR the  two  thou-
    6  sand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year,  forty percent of the
    7  composite score of effectiveness shall be based on  student  achievement
    8  measures  as  follows:    (i)  twenty percent of the evaluation shall be
    9  based upon student growth data on state assessments as prescribed by the
   10  commissioner or a comparable measure of student growth  if  such  growth
   11  data  is  not available; and (ii) twenty percent shall be based on other
   12  locally selected measures of student achievement that are determined  to
   13  be  rigorous  and  comparable  across  classrooms in accordance with the
   14  regulations of the commissioner and as are developed locally in a manner
   15  consistent with procedures negotiated pursuant to  the  requirements  of
   16  article fourteen of the civil service law.
   17    (2)  SUCH  LOCALLY  SELECTED  MEASURES MAY INCLUDE MEASURES OF STUDENT
   18  ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH ON STATE ASSESSMENTS, REGENTS EXAMINATIONS  AND/OR
   19  DEPARTMENT  APPROVED EQUIVALENT, PROVIDED THAT SUCH MEASURES ARE DIFFER-
   20  ENT FROM THOSE PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (I)  OF
   21  SUBPARAGRAPH  ONE OF THIS PARAGRAPH. THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER
   22  SHALL DESCRIBE THE TYPES OF MEASURES OF STUDENT  GROWTH  OR  ACHIEVEMENT
   23  THAT  MAY BE LOCALLY SELECTED.  THE SELECTION OF THE LOCAL MEASURE(S) AS
   24  DESCRIBED IN THIS PARAGRAPH TO BE USED BY THE SCHOOL DISTRICT  OR  BOARD
   25  OF  COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES SHALL BE DETERMINED THROUGH COLLEC-
   26  TIVE BARGAINING.
   27    f. (1)  For  annual  professional  performance  reviews  conducted  in
   28  accordance  with  paragraph  c  of  this subdivision [in any school year
   29  prior to the first school year  for  which  the  board  of  regents  has
   30  approved  use  of  a value-added growth model, but not earlier than] FOR
   31  the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school year AND THEREAFT-
   32  ER FOR CLASSROOM TEACHERS IN SUBJECTS AND GRADES FOR WHICH THE BOARD  OF
   33  REGENTS HAS NOT APPROVED A VALUE-ADDED MODEL AND FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS
   34  EMPLOYED IN SCHOOLS OR PROGRAMS FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPROVED PRINCIPAL
   35  VALUE-ADDED MODEL, forty percent of the composite score of effectiveness
   36  shall  be  based  on student achievement measures as follows: (i) twenty
   37  percent of the evaluation shall be based upon  student  growth  data  on
   38  state  assessments  as  prescribed  by  the commissioner or a comparable
   39  measure of student growth if such growth data is not available; and (ii)
   40  twenty percent shall be based on  other  locally  selected  measures  of
   41  student  achievement  that  are determined to be rigorous and comparable
   42  across classrooms in accordance with the regulations of the commissioner
   43  and as are developed locally in  a  manner  consistent  with  procedures
   44  negotiated pursuant to the requirements of article fourteen of the civil
   45  service law.
   46    (2) ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF
   47  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  OR GROWTH MAY BE USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF CLASS-
   48  ROOM TEACHERS:
   49    (I) STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH ON STATE ASSESSMENTS, REGENTS  EXAM-
   50  INATIONS   AND/OR   DEPARTMENT   APPROVED  ALTERNATIVE  EXAMINATIONS  AS
   51  DESCRIBED IN THE REGULATIONS OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT
   52  LIMITED TO, ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS, INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE
   53  EXAMINATIONS,  AND  SAT  II,  USING A MEASURE THAT IS DIFFERENT FROM THE
   54  GROWTH SCORE PRESCRIBED BY THE DEPARTMENT FOR  STUDENT  GROWTH  ON  SUCH
   55  ASSESSMENTS  OR  EXAMINATIONS  FOR  PURPOSES  OF THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR
   56  OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT THAT IS EITHER:
       S. 6257--B                         26                         A. 9057--B
    1    (A) THE CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE OF A TEACHER'S  STUDENTS  WHO  ACHIEVE  A
    2  SPECIFIC   LEVEL   OF   PERFORMANCE   AS  DETERMINED  LOCALLY,  ON  SUCH
    3  ASSESSMENTS/EXAMINATIONS COMPARED TO THOSE STUDENTS' LEVEL  OF  PERFORM-
    4  ANCE  ON  SUCH ASSESSMENTS/EXAMINATIONS IN THE PREVIOUS SCHOOL YEAR SUCH
    5  AS  A THREE PERCENTAGE POINT INCREASE IN STUDENTS EARNING THE PROFICIENT
    6  LEVEL (THREE) OR BETTER PERFORMANCE LEVEL  ON  THE  SEVENTH  GRADE  MATH
    7  STATE  ASSESSMENT COMPARED TO THOSE SAME STUDENTS' PERFORMANCE LEVELS ON
    8  THE SIXTH GRADE MATH STATE ASSESSMENT, OR AN INCREASE IN THE  PERCENTAGE
    9  OF A TEACHER'S STUDENTS EARNING THE ADVANCED PERFORMANCE LEVEL (FOUR) ON
   10  THE  FOURTH  GRADE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  ARTS  OR  MATH  STATE ASSESSMENTS
   11  COMPARED TO THOSE  STUDENTS'  PERFORMANCE  LEVELS  ON  THE  THIRD  GRADE
   12  ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS OR MATH STATE ASSESSMENTS; OR
   13    (B)  A  TEACHER SPECIFIC GROWTH SCORE COMPUTED BY THE DEPARTMENT BASED
   14  ON THE PERCENT OF THE TEACHER'S STUDENTS EARNING A DEPARTMENT DETERMINED
   15  LEVEL OF GROWTH. THE METHODOLOGY  TO  TRANSLATE  SUCH  GROWTH  INTO  THE
   16  STATE-ESTABLISHED SUBCOMPONENT SCORING RANGES SHALL BE DETERMINED LOCAL-
   17  LY; OR
   18    (C)  A  TEACHER-SPECIFIC  ACHIEVEMENT  OR  GROWTH  SCORE COMPUTED IN A
   19  MANNER DETERMINED LOCALLY BASED ON A MEASURE OF STUDENT  PERFORMANCE  ON
   20  THE  STATE  ASSESSMENTS, REGENTS EXAMINATIONS AND/OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED
   21  ALTERNATIVE EXAMINATIONS OTHER THAN THE MEASURE DESCRIBED IN ITEM (A) OR
   22  (B) OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH;
   23    (II) STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED  IN  A  MANNER  DETERMINED
   24  LOCALLY  BASED ON A STUDENT ASSESSMENT APPROVED BY THE DEPARTMENT PURSU-
   25  ANT TO A REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATION  PROCESS  ESTABLISHED  IN  THE  REGU-
   26  LATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER;
   27    (III)  STUDENT  GROWTH  OR ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED IN A MANNER DETERMINED
   28  LOCALLY BASED ON A DISTRICT, REGIONAL OR BOCES-DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT
   29  IS RIGOROUS AND COMPARABLE ACROSS CLASSROOMS;
   30    (IV) A SCHOOL-WIDE MEASURE OF EITHER  STUDENT  GROWTH  OR  ACHIEVEMENT
   31  BASED ON EITHER:
   32    (A) A STATE-PROVIDED STUDENT GROWTH SCORE COVERING ALL STUDENTS IN THE
   33  SCHOOL  THAT TOOK THE STATE ASSESSMENT IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS OR MATH-
   34  EMATICS IN GRADES FOUR THROUGH EIGHT;
   35    (B) A SCHOOL-WIDE MEASURE OF STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED IN
   36  A MANNER DETERMINED LOCALLY BASED ON A DISTRICT, REGIONAL  OR  BOARD  OF
   37  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT IS RIGOROUS
   38  AND COMPARABLE  ACROSS  CLASSROOMS  OR  A  DEPARTMENT  APPROVED  STUDENT
   39  ASSESSMENT OR BASED ON A STATE ASSESSMENT; OR
   40    (V) WHERE APPLICABLE, FOR TEACHERS IN ANY GRADE OR SUBJECT WHERE THERE
   41  IS  NO  GROWTH  OR  VALUE-ADDED  GROWTH  MODEL  APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF
   42  REGENTS  AT  THAT  GRADE  LEVEL  OR  IN  THAT  SUBJECT,   A   STRUCTURED
   43  DISTRICT-WIDE  STUDENT  GROWTH  GOAL-SETTING PROCESS TO BE USED WITH ANY
   44  STATE ASSESSMENT OR  AN  APPROVED  STUDENT  ASSESSMENT  OR  A  DISTRICT,
   45  REGIONAL  OR  BOCES-DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT IS RIGOROUS AND COMPARABLE
   46  ACROSS CLASSROOMS.
   47    (3) ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF
   48  STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH MAY BE USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF  PRINCI-
   49  PALS,  PROVIDED  THAT  EACH  MEASURE  IS  RIGOROUS AND COMPARABLE ACROSS
   50  CLASSROOMS AND THAT ANY SUCH MEASURE SHALL BE DIFFERENT FROM  THAT  USED
   51  FOR THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT:
   52    (I)  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  LEVELS  ON  STATE  ASSESSMENTS  IN  ENGLISH
   53  LANGUAGE ARTS AND/OR  MATHEMATICS  IN  GRADES  FOUR  TO  EIGHT  SUCH  AS
   54  PERCENTAGE  OF  STUDENTS IN THE SCHOOL WHOSE PERFORMANCE LEVELS ON STATE
   55  ASSESSMENTS ARE PROFICIENT OR ADVANCED, AS DEFINED IN THE REGULATIONS OF
   56  THE COMMISSIONER;
       S. 6257--B                         27                         A. 9057--B
    1    (II) STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT ON STATE OR  OTHER  ASSESSMENTS  IN
    2  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND/OR  MATHEMATICS IN GRADES FOUR TO EIGHT FOR
    3  STUDENTS IN EACH OF THE PERFORMANCE LEVELS DESCRIBED IN THE  REGULATIONS
    4  OF THE COMMISSIONER;
    5    (III)  STUDENT  GROWTH  OR ACHIEVEMENT ON STATE ASSESSMENTS IN ENGLISH
    6  LANGUAGE ARTS AND/OR MATHEMATICS IN GRADES FOUR TO  EIGHT  FOR  STUDENTS
    7  WITH DISABILITIES AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN GRADES FOUR TO EIGHT;
    8    (IV)  STUDENT  PERFORMANCE  ON ANY OR ALL OF THE DISTRICT-WIDE LOCALLY
    9  SELECTED MEASURES APPROVED FOR USE IN TEACHER EVALUATIONS;
   10    (V) FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES, FOUR,
   11  FIVE AND/OR SIX-YEAR HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATION AND/OR DROPOUT RATES;
   12    (VI) PERCENTAGE OF STUDENTS WHO EARN A REGENTS DIPLOMA  WITH  ADVANCED
   13  DESIGNATION  AND/OR  HONORS AS DEFINED IN THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMIS-
   14  SIONER, FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES;
   15    (VII) PERCENTAGE OF A COHORT OF STUDENTS THAT ACHIEVE SPECIFIED SCORES
   16  ON REGENTS EXAMINATIONS AND/OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED ALTERNATIVE  EXAMINA-
   17  TIONS  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT LIMITED TO, ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS,
   18  INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE EXAMINATIONS  AND  SAT  II,  FOR  PRINCIPALS
   19  EMPLOYED  IN  A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES SUCH AS THE PERCENTAGE OF
   20  STUDENTS IN THE TWO THOUSAND NINE COHORT THAT SCORED AT LEAST A THREE ON
   21  AN ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATION SINCE  ENTRY  INTO  THE  NINTH  GRADE;
   22  AND/OR
   23    (VIII) STUDENTS' PROGRESS TOWARD GRADUATION IN THE SCHOOL USING STRONG
   24  PREDICTIVE  INDICATORS,  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NINTH AND/OR TENTH
   25  GRADE CREDIT ACCUMULATION AND/OR THE PERCENTAGE OF  STUDENTS  THAT  PASS
   26  NINTH  AND/OR  TENTH GRADE SUBJECTS MOST COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH GRADU-
   27  ATION AND/OR STUDENTS'  PROGRESS  IN  PASSING  THE  NUMBER  OF  REQUIRED
   28  REGENTS EXAMINATIONS FOR GRADUATION, FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL
   29  WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES.
   30    (IX)  FOR  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  OR  BOARDS  OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
   31  SERVICES THAT CHOOSE TO USE MORE THAN ONE SET OF LOCALLY SELECTED  MEAS-
   32  URES  DESCRIBED  IN THIS PARAGRAPH FOR PRINCIPALS IN THE SAME OR SIMILAR
   33  GRADE CONFIGURATION OR PROGRAM SUCH AS ONE SET OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEAS-
   34  URES IS USED TO EVALUATE PRINCIPALS IN SOME K-5 SCHOOLS AND ANOTHER  SET
   35  OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES IS USED TO EVALUATE PRINCIPALS IN THE OTHER
   36  K-5  SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT, THE SUPERINTENDENT OR DISTRICT SUPERINTEN-
   37  DENT SHALL, IN THEIR PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW PLAN, CERTIFY  THAT
   38  THE  SETS  OF  MEASURES  ARE  COMPARABLE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TESTING
   39  STANDARDS AS DEFINED IN REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER.
   40    (X) FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN SCHOOLS OR PROGRAMS FOR  WHICH
   41  THERE  IS  NO APPROVED PRINCIPAL VALUE-ADDED MODEL, THE TYPES OF LOCALLY
   42  SELECTED MEASURES OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH SPECIFIED IN SUBPARA-
   43  GRAPH THREE OF PARAGRAPH G OF THIS SUBDIVISION MAY BE USED. IN ADDITION,
   44  A STRUCTURED DISTRICT-WIDE STUDENT GROWTH  GOAL-SETTING  PROCESS  TO  BE
   45  USED  WITH  ANY  STATE ASSESSMENT OR AN APPROVED STUDENT ASSESSMENT OR A
   46  DISTRICT, REGIONAL OF BOCES-DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT  IS  RIGOROUS  AND
   47  COMPARABLE ACROSS CLASSROOMS MAY BE A LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURE.
   48    (4)  THE  SELECTION  OF  THE LOCAL MEASURE OR MEASURES AS DESCRIBED IN
   49  SUBPARAGRAPHS TWO AND THREE OF THIS PARAGRAPH TO BE USED BY  THE  SCHOOL
   50  DISTRICT  OR  BOARD  OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES SHALL BE DETER-
   51  MINED THROUGH COLLECTIVE BARGAINING.
   52    g. (1)  For  annual  professional  performance  reviews  conducted  in
   53  accordance  with  paragraph  c  of  this subdivision [in] FOR the [first
   54  school year for which the board of regents has approved use of a  value-
   55  added  growth  model]  TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL
   56  YEAR and thereafter FOR CLASSROOM TEACHERS IN  SUBJECTS  AND  GRADES  IN
       S. 6257--B                         28                         A. 9057--B
    1  WHICH  THERE  IS  A  VALUE-ADDED  GROWTH  MODEL APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF
    2  REGENTS AND FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN SCHOOLS OR PROGRAMS  FOR
    3  WHICH THERE IS AN APPROVED PRINCIPAL VALUE-ADDED MODEL, forty percent of
    4  the  composite score of effectiveness shall be based on student achieve-
    5  ment measures as follows: (i)  twenty-five  percent  of  the  evaluation
    6  shall  be  based  upon  student  growth  data  on  state  assessments as
    7  prescribed by the commissioner or a comparable measure of student growth
    8  if such growth data is not available; and (ii) fifteen percent shall  be
    9  based on other locally selected measures of student achievement that are
   10  determined to be rigorous and comparable across classrooms in accordance
   11  with the regulations of the commissioner and as are locally developed in
   12  a  manner consistent with procedures negotiated pursuant to the require-
   13  ments of article fourteen of the civil service law. The department shall
   14  develop the value-added growth model and shall consult with the advisory
   15  committee established pursuant to  subdivision  seven  of  this  section
   16  prior to recommending that the board of regents approve its use in eval-
   17  uations.
   18    (2) ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF
   19  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  OR GROWTH MAY BE USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF CLASS-
   20  ROOM TEACHERS:
   21    (I) STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH ON STATE ASSESSMENTS, REGENTS  EXAM-
   22  INATIONS   AND/OR   DEPARTMENT   APPROVED  ALTERNATIVE  EXAMINATIONS  AS
   23  DESCRIBED IN THE REGULATIONS OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT
   24  LIMITED TO, ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS, INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE
   25  EXAMINATIONS  AND  SAT  II,  USING  A MEASURE THAT IS DIFFERENT FROM THE
   26  GROWTH SCORE PRESCRIBED BY THE DEPARTMENT FOR  STUDENT  GROWTH  ON  SUCH
   27  ASSESSMENTS  OR  EXAMINATIONS  FOR  PURPOSES  OF THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR
   28  OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT THAT IS EITHER:
   29    (A) THE CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE OF A TEACHER'S  STUDENTS  WHO  ACHIEVE  A
   30  SPECIFIC   LEVEL   OF   PERFORMANCE   AS  DETERMINED  LOCALLY,  ON  SUCH
   31  ASSESSMENTS/EXAMINATIONS COMPARED TO THOSE STUDENTS' LEVEL  OF  PERFORM-
   32  ANCE  ON  SUCH ASSESSMENTS/EXAMINATIONS IN THE PREVIOUS SCHOOL YEAR SUCH
   33  AS A THREE PERCENTAGE POINT INCREASE IN STUDENTS EARNING THE  PROFICIENT
   34  LEVEL  (THREE)  OR  BETTER  PERFORMANCE  LEVEL ON THE SEVENTH GRADE MATH
   35  STATE ASSESSMENT COMPARED TO THOSE SAME STUDENTS' PERFORMANCE LEVELS  ON
   36  THE  SIXTH GRADE MATH STATE ASSESSMENT, OR AN INCREASE IN THE PERCENTAGE
   37  OF A TEACHER'S STUDENTS EARNING THE ADVANCED PERFORMANCE LEVEL (FOUR) ON
   38  THE FOURTH  GRADE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  ARTS  OR  MATH  STATE  ASSESSMENTS
   39  COMPARED  TO  THOSE  STUDENTS'  PERFORMANCE  LEVELS  ON  THE THIRD GRADE
   40  ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS OR MATH STATE ASSESSMENTS; OR
   41    (B) A TEACHER SPECIFIC GROWTH SCORE COMPUTED BY THE STATE BASED ON THE
   42  PERCENT OF THE TEACHER'S STUDENTS EARNING A STATE  DETERMINED  LEVEL  OF
   43  GROWTH.  THE METHODOLOGY TO TRANSLATE SUCH GROWTH INTO THE STATE-ESTABL-
   44  ISHED SUBCOMPONENT SCORING RANGES SHALL BE DETERMINED LOCALLY; OR
   45    (C) A TEACHER-SPECIFIC ACHIEVEMENT  OR  GROWTH  SCORE  COMPUTED  IN  A
   46  MANNER  DETERMINED  LOCALLY BASED ON A MEASURE OF STUDENT PERFORMANCE ON
   47  THE STATE ASSESSMENTS, REGENTS EXAMINATIONS AND/OR  DEPARTMENT  APPROVED
   48  ALTERNATIVE EXAMINATIONS OTHER THAN THE MEASURE DESCRIBED IN ITEM (A) OR
   49  (B) OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH;
   50    (II)  STUDENT  GROWTH  OR  ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED IN A MANNER DETERMINED
   51  LOCALLY BASED ON A STUDENT ASSESSMENT APPROVED BY THE DEPARTMENT  PURSU-
   52  ANT  TO  A  REQUEST  FOR  QUALIFICATION PROCESS ESTABLISHED IN THE REGU-
   53  LATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER;
   54    (III) STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED IN  A  MANNER  DETERMINED
   55  LOCALLY BASED ON A DISTRICT, REGIONAL OR BOCES-DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT
   56  IS RIGOROUS AND COMPARABLE ACROSS CLASSROOMS;
       S. 6257--B                         29                         A. 9057--B
    1    (IV)  A  SCHOOL-WIDE  MEASURE  OF EITHER STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT
    2  BASED ON EITHER:
    3    (A) A STATE-PROVIDED STUDENT GROWTH SCORE COVERING ALL STUDENTS IN THE
    4  SCHOOL  THAT TOOK THE STATE ASSESSMENT IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS OR MATH-
    5  EMATICS IN GRADES FOUR THROUGH EIGHT; OR
    6    (B) A SCHOOL-WIDE MEASURE OF STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT COMPUTED IN
    7  A MANNER DETERMINED LOCALLY BASED ON A DISTRICT, REGIONAL  OR  BOARD  OF
    8  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES DEVELOPED ASSESSMENT THAT IS RIGOROUS
    9  AND COMPARABLE  ACROSS  CLASSROOMS  OR  A  DEPARTMENT  APPROVED  STUDENT
   10  ASSESSMENT OR BASED ON A STATE ASSESSMENT.
   11    (3) ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF
   12  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT OR GROWTH MAY BE USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF PRINCI-
   13  PALS, PROVIDED THAT EACH  MEASURE  IS  RIGOROUS  AND  COMPARABLE  ACROSS
   14  CLASSROOMS  AND  THAT ANY SUCH MEASURE SHALL BE DIFFERENT FROM THAT USED
   15  FOR THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOMPONENT:
   16    (I)  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  LEVELS  ON  STATE  ASSESSMENTS  IN  ENGLISH
   17  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND/OR  MATHEMATICS  IN  GRADES  FOUR  TO  EIGHT SUCH AS
   18  PERCENTAGE OF STUDENTS IN THE SCHOOL WHOSE PERFORMANCE LEVELS  ON  STATE
   19  ASSESSMENTS ARE PROFICIENT OR ADVANCED, AS DEFINED IN THE REGULATIONS OF
   20  THE COMMISSIONER;
   21    (II)  STUDENT  GROWTH  OR ACHIEVEMENT ON STATE OR OTHER ASSESSMENTS IN
   22  ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS AND/OR MATHEMATICS IN GRADES  FOUR  TO  EIGHT  FOR
   23  STUDENTS  IN EACH OF THE PERFORMANCE LEVELS DESCRIBED IN THE REGULATIONS
   24  OF THE COMMISSIONER;
   25    (III) STUDENT GROWTH OR ACHIEVEMENT ON STATE  ASSESSMENTS  IN  ENGLISH
   26  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND/OR  MATHEMATICS IN GRADES FOUR TO EIGHT FOR STUDENTS
   27  WITH DISABILITIES AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN GRADES FOUR TO EIGHT;
   28    (IV) STUDENT PERFORMANCE ON ANY OR ALL OF  THE  DISTRICT-WIDE  LOCALLY
   29  SELECTED MEASURES APPROVED FOR USE IN TEACHER EVALUATIONS;
   30    (V) FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES, FOUR,
   31  FIVE AND/OR SIX-YEAR HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATION AND/OR DROPOUT RATES;
   32    (VI)  PERCENTAGE  OF STUDENTS WHO EARN A REGENTS DIPLOMA WITH ADVANCED
   33  DESIGNATION AND/OR HONORS AS DEFINED IN THE REGULATIONS OF  THE  COMMIS-
   34  SIONER, FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES;
   35    (VII) PERCENTAGE OF A COHORT OF STUDENTS THAT ACHIEVE SPECIFIED SCORES
   36  ON  REGENTS EXAMINATIONS AND/OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED ALTERNATIVE EXAMINA-
   37  TIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  ADVANCED  PLACEMENT  EXAMINATIONS,
   38  INTERNATIONAL  BACCALAUREATE  EXAMINATIONS  AND  SAT  II, FOR PRINCIPALS
   39  EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES SUCH AS THE  PERCENTAGE  OF
   40  STUDENTS IN THE TWO THOUSAND NINE COHORT THAT SCORED AT LEAST A THREE ON
   41  AN  ADVANCED  PLACEMENT  EXAMINATION  SINCE  ENTRY INTO THE NINTH GRADE;
   42  AND/OR
   43    (VIII) STUDENTS' PROGRESS TOWARD GRADUATION IN THE SCHOOL USING STRONG
   44  PREDICTIVE INDICATORS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NINTH  AND/OR  TENTH
   45  GRADE  CREDIT  ACCUMULATION  AND/OR THE PERCENTAGE OF STUDENTS THAT PASS
   46  NINTH AND/OR TENTH GRADE SUBJECTS MOST COMMONLY ASSOCIATED  WITH  GRADU-
   47  ATION  AND/OR  STUDENTS'  PROGRESS  IN  PASSING  THE  NUMBER OF REQUIRED
   48  REGENTS EXAMINATIONS FOR GRADUATION, FOR PRINCIPALS EMPLOYED IN A SCHOOL
   49  WITH HIGH SCHOOL GRADES.
   50    (IX)  FOR  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  OR  BOARDS  OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
   51  SERVICES  THAT CHOOSE TO USE MORE THAN ONE SET OF LOCALLY SELECTED MEAS-
   52  URES DESCRIBED IN THIS PARAGRAPH FOR PRINCIPALS IN THE SAME  OR  SIMILAR
   53  GRADE  CONFIGURATION  OR  PROGRAM, THE SUPERINTENDENT OR DISTRICT SUPER-
   54  INTENDENT SHALL, IN THEIR PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW PLAN,  CERTIFY
   55  THAT THE SETS OF MEASURES ARE COMPARABLE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TESTING
   56  STANDARDS AS DEFINED IN REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER.
       S. 6257--B                         30                         A. 9057--B
    1    (4)  THE  SELECTION  OF  THE LOCAL MEASURE OR MEASURES AS DESCRIBED IN
    2  SUBPARAGRAPHS TWO AND THREE OF THIS PARAGRAPH TO BE USED BY  THE  SCHOOL
    3  DISTRICT  OR  BOARD  OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES SHALL BE DETER-
    4  MINED THROUGH COLLECTIVE BARGAINING.
    5    (5)  The  department  shall  develop  the value-added growth model and
    6  shall consult with the advisory committee established pursuant to subdi-
    7  vision seven of this section prior to recommending  that  the  board  of
    8  regents approve its use in evaluations.
    9    S  5.  Paragraph h of subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the education
   10  law, as added by chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, is amended to read  as
   11  follows:
   12    h.  The remaining SIXTY percent of the evaluations, ratings and effec-
   13  tiveness scores shall be locally developed, consistent with  the  stand-
   14  ards  prescribed in the regulations of the commissioner, through negoti-
   15  ations conducted pursuant to article fourteen of the civil service law.
   16    (1) A MAJORITY OF THE SIXTY POINTS FOR  CLASSROOM  TEACHERS  SHALL  BE
   17  BASED  ON  MULTIPLE  CLASSROOM  OBSERVATIONS CONDUCTED BY A PRINCIPAL OR
   18  OTHER TRAINED ADMINISTRATOR, WHICH MAY  BE  PERFORMED  IN-PERSON  OR  BY
   19  VIDEO.  FOR  EVALUATIONS FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIR-
   20  TEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, AT LEAST ONE SUCH OBSERVATION SHALL  BE
   21  AN UNANNOUNCED VISIT.
   22    (2)  FOR  THE  REMAINING PORTION OF THESE SIXTY POINTS FOR EVALUATIONS
   23  FOR THE TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE  SCHOOL  YEAR,  THE
   24  COMMISSIONER'S REGULATION SHALL PRESCRIBE THE OTHER FORMS OF EVIDENCE OF
   25  TEACHER AND PRINCIPAL EFFECTIVENESS THAT MAY BE USED.
   26    (3)  FOR  EVALUATIONS  OF  CLASSROOM  TEACHERS  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND
   27  TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE  REMAINING
   28  PORTION  OF  THESE  SIXTY  POINTS  SHALL  BE BASED ON ONE OR MORE OF THE
   29  FOLLOWING:
   30    (I) ONE OR MORE CLASSROOM OBSERVATIONS BY INDEPENDENT  TRAINED  EVALU-
   31  ATORS  SELECTED  BY  THE  SCHOOL DISTRICT OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCA-
   32  TIONAL SERVICES WHO ARE TEACHERS OR FORMER TEACHERS WITH A  DEMONSTRATED
   33  RECORD OF EFFECTIVENESS AND HAVE NO PRIOR AFFILIATION WITH THE SCHOOL IN
   34  WHICH  THEY ARE CONDUCTING THE EVALUATION AND NO OTHER RELATIONSHIP WITH
   35  THE TEACHERS BEING EVALUATED THAT WOULD AFFECT THEIR IMPARTIALITY;
   36    (II) CLASSROOM OBSERVATIONS BY TRAINED IN-SCHOOL PEER TEACHERS; AND/OR
   37    (III) USE OF A STATE-APPROVED INSTRUMENT FOR PARENT OR  STUDENT  FEED-
   38  BACK; AND/OR
   39    (IV)  EVIDENCE  OF  STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND PERFORMANCE THROUGH LESSON
   40  PLANS, STUDENT PORTFOLIOS  AND  OTHER  ARTIFACTS  OF  TEACHER  PRACTICES
   41  THROUGH A STRUCTURED REVIEW PROCESS.
   42    (4)  A MAJORITY OF THESE SIXTY POINTS FOR BUILDING PRINCIPALS SHALL BE
   43  BASED ON A BROAD ASSESSMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL'S LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
   44  ACTIONS BASED ON THE PRINCIPAL PRACTICE RUBRIC BY THE  BUILDING  PRINCI-
   45  PAL'S SUPERVISOR, A TRAINED ADMINISTRATOR OR A TRAINED INDEPENDENT EVAL-
   46  UATOR,  WITH  ONE  OR  MORE VISITS CONDUCTED BY THE SUPERVISOR, AND, FOR
   47  EVALUATIONS FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  SCHOOL
   48  YEAR  AND  THEREAFTER,  THAT  SUCH  ASSESSMENT MUST INCORPORATE MULTIPLE
   49  SCHOOL VISITS BY A SUPERVISOR, A TRAINED ADMINISTRATOR OR OTHER  TRAINED
   50  EVALUATOR,  WITH  AT  LEAST ONE VISIT CONDUCTED BY THE SUPERVISOR AND AT
   51  LEAST ONE UNANNOUNCED VISIT. FOR THE REMAINING PORTION  OF  THESE  SIXTY
   52  POINTS  FOR EVALUATIONS FOR THE TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE
   53  SCHOOL YEAR, SUCH REGULATIONS SHALL ALSO PRESCRIBE THE  OTHER  FORMS  OF
   54  EVIDENCE OF PRINCIPAL EFFECTIVENESS THAT MAY BE USED CONSISTENT WITH THE
   55  STANDARDS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER.
       S. 6257--B                         31                         A. 9057--B
    1    (5)  FOR  EVALUATIONS  OF  BUILDING  PRINCIPALS  FOR  THE TWO THOUSAND
    2  TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE  REMAINING
    3  PORTION OF THESE SIXTY POINTS SHALL INCLUDE, IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIRE-
    4  MENTS OF SUBPARAGRAPH THREE OF THIS PARAGRAPH, AT LEAST TWO OTHER SOURC-
    5  ES  OF  EVIDENCE  FROM  THE  FOLLOWING  OPTIONS: FEEDBACK FROM TEACHERS,
    6  STUDENTS,  AND/OR  FAMILIES  USING  STATE-APPROVED  INSTRUMENTS;  SCHOOL
    7  VISITS  BY  OTHER TRAINED EVALUATORS; AND/OR REVIEW OF SCHOOL DOCUMENTS,
    8  RECORDS, AND/OR  STATE  ACCOUNTABILITY  PROCESSES.  ANY  SUCH  REMAINING
    9  POINTS  SHALL  BE ASSIGNED BASED ON THE RESULTS OF ONE OR MORE AMBITIOUS
   10  AND MEASURABLE GOALS  SET  COLLABORATIVELY  WITH  PRINCIPALS  AND  THEIR
   11  SUPERINTENDENTS OR DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENTS AS FOLLOWS:
   12    (I)  AT  LEAST  ONE  GOAL MUST ADDRESS THE PRINCIPAL'S CONTRIBUTION TO
   13  IMPROVING TEACHER EFFECTIVENESS, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE ONE OR MORE OF  THE
   14  FOLLOWING:  IMPROVED  RETENTION  OF HIGH PERFORMING TEACHERS, THE CORRE-
   15  LATION BETWEEN STUDENT GROWTH  SCORES  OF  TEACHERS  GRANTED  TENURE  AS
   16  OPPOSED  TO  THOSE  DENIED  TENURE;  OR  IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PROFICIENCY
   17  RATING OF THE PRINCIPAL ON SPECIFIC TEACHER EFFECTIVENESS  STANDARDS  IN
   18  THE PRINCIPAL PRACTICE RUBRIC.
   19    (II)  ANY  OTHER  GOALS  SHALL  ADDRESS  QUANTIFIABLE  AND  VERIFIABLE
   20  IMPROVEMENTS IN ACADEMIC RESULTS OR THE SCHOOL'S LEARNING  ENVIRONMENTAL
   21  SUCH AS STUDENT OR TEACHER ATTENDANCE.
   22    (6)  THE  DISTRICT  OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES SHALL
   23  ESTABLISH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM SCORING RANGES FOR EACH  PERFORM-
   24  ANCE LEVEL WITHIN THIS SUBCOMPONENT BEFORE THE START OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR
   25  AND  SHALL ASSIGN POINTS TO A TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL FOR THIS SUBCOMPONENT
   26  BASED ON THE STANDARDS PRESCRIBED IN THE REGULATIONS OF THE  COMMISSION-
   27  ER,  ALL  IN  ACCORDANCE WITH, AND SUBJECT TO, THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARA-
   28  GRAPH J OF THIS SUBDIVISION.
   29    S 6. Subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the education law  is  amended
   30  by adding a new paragraph j to read as follows:
   31    J.  (1)  THE PROCESS BY WHICH POINTS ARE ASSIGNED IN SUBCOMPONENTS AND
   32  THE SCORING RANGES FOR THE SUBCOMPONENTS MUST BE TRANSPARENT AND  AVAIL-
   33  ABLE  TO THOSE BEING RATED BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR. THE
   34  PROCESS BY WHICH POINTS ARE ASSIGNED IN THE RESPECTIVE SUBCOMPONENTS ARE
   35  TO BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:
   36    (I) FOR THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR OTHER  COMPARABLE  MEASURES  SUBCOMPO-
   37  NENT,  THAT  PROCESS  SHALL  BE  FORMULATED BY THE COMMISSIONER WITH THE
   38  APPROVAL OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS.
   39    (II) FOR THE LOCALLY SELECTED  MEASURES  OF  THE  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT
   40  SUBCOMPONENT,  THAT PROCESS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED LOCALLY THROUGH NEGOTI-
   41  ATIONS CONDUCTED UNDER ARTICLE FOURTEEN OF THE CIVIL SERVICE LAW.
   42    (III) FOR THE OTHER MEASURES OF TEACHER  AND  PRINCIPAL  EFFECTIVENESS
   43  SUBCOMPONENT,  THAT PROCESS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED LOCALLY THROUGH NEGOTI-
   44  ATIONS CONDUCTED UNDER ARTICLE FOURTEEN OF THE CIVIL SERVICES LAW.
   45    (2) SUCH PROCESS MUST ENSURE THAT IT IS  POSSIBLE  FOR  A  TEACHER  OR
   46  PRINCIPAL TO OBTAIN EACH POINT IN THE APPLICABLE SCORING RANGES, INCLUD-
   47  ING  ZERO, FOR THE STATE ASSESSMENT OR OTHER COMPARABLE MEASURES SUBCOM-
   48  PONENT, THE LOCALLY SELECTED MEASURES OF STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  SUBCOMPO-
   49  NENT  AND  THE  OVERALL  RATING CATEGORIES. THE PROCESS MUST ALSO ENSURE
   50  THAT IT IS POSSIBLE FOR A TEACHER OR PRINCIPAL TO OBTAIN EACH  POINT  IN
   51  THE  SCORING  RANGES  PRESCRIBED BY THE DISTRICT OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE
   52  EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FOR THE OTHER MEASURES  OF  TEACHER  AND  PRINCIPAL
   53  EFFECTIVENESS SUBCOMPONENT.
   54    (3)  THE SUPERINTENDENT, DISTRICT SUPERINTENDENT OR CHANCELLOR AND THE
   55  PRESIDENT OF THE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING REPRESENTATIVE (WHERE ONE EXISTS)
   56  SHALL CERTIFY IN ITS PLAN  THAT  THE  PROCESS  WILL  USE  THE  NARRATIVE
       S. 6257--B                         32                         A. 9057--B
    1  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  STANDARDS  FOR THE SCORING RANGES PROVIDED IN THE
    2  REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER TO EFFECTIVELY DIFFERENTIATE  A  TEACHER
    3  OR  PRINCIPAL'S  PERFORMANCE  IN  EACH OF THE SUBCOMPONENTS AND IN THEIR
    4  OVERALL RATINGS TO IMPROVE STUDENT LEARNING AND INSTRUCTION.
    5    (4) THE SCORING RANGES FOR THE OTHER MEASURES OF TEACHER AND PRINCIPAL
    6  EFFECTIVENESS  SUBCOMPONENT SHALL BE ESTABLISHED LOCALLY THROUGH NEGOTI-
    7  ATIONS CONDUCTED UNDER ARTICLE FOURTEEN OF THE CIVIL SERVICE LAW.
    8    S 7. Subdivision 2 of section 3012-c of the education law  is  amended
    9  by adding a new paragraph k to read as follows:
   10    K.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, RULE OR REGULATION TO
   11  THE CONTRARY, BY JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, THE GOVERNING BODY  OF
   12  EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AND BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES SHALL
   13  ADOPT  A  PLAN, ON A FORM PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER, FOR THE ANNUAL
   14  PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW OF ALL OF  ITS  CLASSROOM  TEACHERS  AND
   15  BUILDING  PRINCIPALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION
   16  AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER, AND SHALL SUBMIT SUCH  PLAN  TO
   17  THE  COMMISSIONER  FOR APPROVAL. THE PLAN MAY BE AN ANNUAL OR MULTI-YEAR
   18  PLAN, FOR THE ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL  PERFORMANCE  REVIEW  OF  ALL  OF  ITS
   19  CLASSROOM  TEACHERS  AND  BUILDING  PRINCIPALS.  THE  COMMISSIONER SHALL
   20  APPROVE OR REJECT THE PLAN BY SEPTEMBER FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  TWELVE,  OR
   21  AS  SOON  AS  PRACTICABLE THEREAFTER. THE COMMISSIONER MAY REJECT A PLAN
   22  THAT DOES NOT RIGOROUSLY ADHERE TO THE PROVISIONS OF  THIS  SECTION  AND
   23  THE  REGULATIONS  OF THE COMMISSIONER.  SHOULD ANY PLAN BE REJECTED, THE
   24  COMMISSIONER SHALL DESCRIBE EACH DEFICIENCY IN THE  SUBMITTED  PLAN  AND
   25  DIRECT THAT EACH SUCH DEFICIENCY BE RESOLVED THROUGH COLLECTIVE BARGAIN-
   26  ING  TO  THE EXTENT REQUIRED UNDER ARTICLE FOURTEEN OF THE CIVIL SERVICE
   27  LAW. IF ANY MATERIAL CHANGES ARE MADE TO THE PLAN, THE  SCHOOL  DISTRICT
   28  OR  BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES MUST SUBMIT THE MATERIAL
   29  CHANGES, ON A FORM PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER, TO  THE  COMMISSIONER
   30  FOR  APPROVAL. TO THE EXTENT THAT BY JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, OR
   31  BY JULY FIRST OF ANY SUBSEQUENT YEAR, IF ALL THE TERMS OF THE PLAN  HAVE
   32  NOT BEEN FINALIZED AS A RESULT OF UNRESOLVED COLLECTIVE BARGAINING NEGO-
   33  TIATIONS,  THE  ENTIRE  PLAN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE COMMISSIONER UPON
   34  RESOLUTION OF ALL OF ITS TERMS, CONSISTENT WITH ARTICLE FOURTEEN OF  THE
   35  CIVIL SERVICE LAW.
   36    S 8. Subdivision 4 of section 3012-c of the education law, as added by
   37  chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
   38    4.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
   39  upon rating a teacher  or  a  principal  as  developing  or  ineffective
   40  through  an annual professional performance review conducted pursuant to
   41  subdivision two of this section, the school district or board of cooper-
   42  ative educational services shall formulate and  commence  implementation
   43  of a teacher or principal improvement plan for such teacher or principal
   44  as  soon  as practicable but in no case later than ten SCHOOL days after
   45  [the date on which teachers are required to report prior to] the opening
   46  of classes for the school year. Such improvement plan shall be  consist-
   47  ent  with  the  regulations  of  the  commissioner and developed locally
   48  through negotiations conducted pursuant to article fourteen of the civil
   49  service law. Such improvement plan shall include, but need not be limit-
   50  ed to, identification of needed areas of  improvement,  a  timeline  for
   51  achieving improvement, the manner in which improvement will be assessed,
   52  and, where appropriate, differentiated activities to support a teacher's
   53  or principal's improvement in those areas.
   54    S 9. Subdivision 5 of section 3012-c of the education law, as added by
   55  chapter 103 of the laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
       S. 6257--B                         33                         A. 9057--B
    1    5. A. An appeals procedure shall be locally established in each school
    2  district  and in each board of cooperative educational services by which
    3  the evaluated teacher or principal may only challenge the  substance  of
    4  the  annual  professional  performance  review, the school district's or
    5  board  of  cooperative  educational services' adherence to the standards
    6  and methodologies required for such reviews, pursuant to  this  section,
    7  the adherence to the regulations of the commissioner and compliance with
    8  any  applicable  locally  negotiated  procedures,  as well as the school
    9  district's or board of cooperative educational services' issuance and/or
   10  implementation of the terms of  the  teacher  or  principal  improvement
   11  plan,  as  required under this section.  APPEAL PROCEDURES SHALL PROVIDE
   12  FOR THE TIMELY AND EXPEDITIOUS  RESOLUTION  OF  ANY  APPEAL  UNDER  THIS
   13  SUBDIVISION.  The  specifics  of  the  appeal procedure shall be locally
   14  established through negotiations conducted pursuant to article  fourteen
   15  of  the  civil  service  law.  An  evaluation which is the subject of an
   16  appeal shall not be sought to  be  offered  in  evidence  or  placed  in
   17  evidence  in  any  proceeding conducted pursuant to either section three
   18  thousand twenty-a of this article or any  locally  negotiated  alternate
   19  disciplinary procedure, until the appeal process is concluded.
   20    B.    NOTHING  IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO ALTER OR DIMINISH
   21  THE AUTHORITY OF THE GOVERNING BODY OF A SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OR  BOARD  OF
   22  COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO GRANT OR DENY TENURE TO OR TERMINATE
   23  PROBATIONARY  TEACHERS  OR  PROBATIONARY  BUILDING PRINCIPALS DURING THE
   24  PENDENCY OF AN APPEAL PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION  FOR  STATUTORILY  AND
   25  CONSTITUTIONALLY PERMISSIBLE REASONS OTHER THAN THE TEACHER'S OR PRINCI-
   26  PAL'S PERFORMANCE THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF THE APPEAL.
   27    C.  NOTHING  IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO AUTHORIZE A TEACHER
   28  OR PRINCIPAL TO TRIGGER THE APPEAL PROCESS PRIOR  TO  RECEIPT  OF  THEIR
   29  COMPOSITE  EFFECTIVENESS  SCORE AND RATING FROM THE DISTRICT OR BOARD OF
   30  COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES.
   31    S 10. Section 3012-c of the education law is amended by adding  a  new
   32  subdivision 9 to read as follows:
   33    9.  A.  THE  DEPARTMENT  SHALL ANNUALLY MONITOR AND ANALYZE TRENDS AND
   34  PATTERNS IN TEACHER AND PRINCIPAL EVALUATION RESULTS AND DATA TO IDENTI-
   35  FY SCHOOL DISTRICTS, BOARDS OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  AND/OR
   36  SCHOOLS  WHERE  EVIDENCE SUGGESTS THAT A MORE RIGOROUS EVALUATION SYSTEM
   37  IS  NEEDED  TO  IMPROVE  EDUCATOR  EFFECTIVENESS  AND  STUDENT  LEARNING
   38  OUTCOMES. THE CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING SCHOOL DISTRICTS, BOARDS OF COOP-
   39  ERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES AND/OR SCHOOLS SHALL BE PRESCRIBED IN THE
   40  REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER.
   41    B. A SCHOOL, SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OR  BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
   42  SERVICES  IDENTIFIED  BY THE DEPARTMENT IN ONE OF THE CATEGORIES ENUMER-
   43  ATED IN PARAGRAPH A OF THIS SUBDIVISION MAY  BE  HIGHLIGHTED  IN  PUBLIC
   44  REPORTS  AND/OR  THE  COMMISSIONER  MAY  ORDER A CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN,
   45  WHICH MAY INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, REQUIREMENTS THAT THE DISTRICT
   46  OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  ARRANGE  FOR  ADDITIONAL
   47  PROFESSIONAL  DEVELOPMENT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING AND/OR
   48  UTILIZE INDEPENDENT TRAINED EVALUATORS TO REVIEW  THE  EFFICACY  OF  THE
   49  EVALUATION  SYSTEM,  PROVIDED THAT THE PLAN SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH LAW
   50  AND NOT IN CONFLICT WITH ANY APPLICABLE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT.
   51    S 11. This act shall take effect immediately.
   52                                  PART A-2
   53    Section 1. Section 3012-c of the education law is amended by adding  a
   54  new subdivision 5-a to read as follows:
       S. 6257--B                         34                         A. 9057--B
    1    5-A.  IN  THE  CITY  SCHOOL DISTRICT OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK, NOTWITH-
    2  STANDING ANY PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE FOLLOWING SHALL APPLY
    3  TO CLASSROOM TEACHERS:
    4    A.  A  TEACHER WHO DID NOT RECEIVE AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN THE ANNUAL
    5  PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR THE PRIOR SCHOOL YEAR  IS  IN  "YEAR
    6  ONE STATUS".
    7    B. A TEACHER WHO RECEIVED AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN THE PREVIOUS SCHOOL
    8  YEAR  IS  IN  "YEAR  TWO STATUS", UNTIL AND UNLESS THAT RATING IS EITHER
    9  CHANGED BY THE PRINCIPAL OR REVERSED ON APPEAL IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE
   10  PROVISIONS  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, OR UNTIL AND UNLESS THE TEACHER REVERTS
   11  TO YEAR ONE STATUS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  SUBDIVI-
   12  SION.
   13    C.  A  TEACHER WHO IS RATED INEFFECTIVE FOR A SCHOOL YEAR IN WHICH THE
   14  TEACHER HAS YEAR ONE STATUS SHALL HAVE A RIGHT TO APPEAL THAT RATING  TO
   15  THE  CHANCELLOR  OF  THE  CITY  SCHOOL  DISTRICT, WHO SHALL MAKE A FINAL
   16  DETERMINATION, UNLESS AN APPEAL IS INITIATED  TO  A  THREE-MEMBER  PANEL
   17  SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS. THE UNITED FEDERATION OF TEACHERS
   18  (UFT)  MAY  APPEAL TO A THREE-MEMBER PANEL THE INEFFECTIVE RATINGS OF UP
   19  TO THIRTEEN PERCENT OF TEACHERS WHO RECEIVED  SUCH  INEFFECTIVE  RATINGS
   20  FOR  A SCHOOL YEAR.  ANY SUCH APPEAL MAY ONLY BE MADE ON THE GROUND THAT
   21  THE INEFFECTIVE RATING WAS  GIVEN  DUE  TO  HARASSMENT  OR  REASONS  NOT
   22  RELATED  TO  JOB  PERFORMANCE.  THESE APPEALS SHALL BE KNOWN AS A "PANEL
   23  APPEALS". THE THREE-MEMBER PANEL SHALL CONSIST OF A PERSON  SELECTED  BY
   24  THE UFT, A PERSON SELECTED BY THE CHANCELLOR OF THE CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT
   25  AND  AN  INDEPENDENT PERSON, NOT AFFILIATED WITH THE UFT OR THE DISTRICT
   26  AND SELECTED BY THE STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, WHO SHALL BE  THE  CHAIR
   27  OF  THE  PANEL AND CONDUCT THE APPEAL HEARING. IF THE PANEL SUSTAINS THE
   28  APPEAL, THE PRINCIPAL MUST SUBMIT TO THE PANEL A DIFFERENT RATING, WHICH
   29  MUST BE APPROVED BY THE PANEL. ANY INEFFECTIVE RATING THAT  IS  APPEALED
   30  TO  THE  PANEL  MAY NOT BE APPEALED TO THE CHANCELLOR OF THE CITY SCHOOL
   31  DISTRICT.
   32    D. THE CHANCELLOR OF THE CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL NOTIFY THE UFT  OF
   33  ALL  INEFFECTIVE RATINGS. EACH SCHOOL YEAR, IF THE UFT IS NOTIFIED OF AN
   34  INEFFECTIVE RATING PRIOR TO OCTOBER FIRST, A PANEL APPEAL OF THAT RATING
   35  MUST BE INITIATED BY THE UFT BY NOVEMBER FIRST, PROVIDED THAT MORE  THAN
   36  THIRTEEN  PERCENT OF THESE RATINGS MAY BE APPEALED TO THE PANEL. THE UFT
   37  AND THE BOARD OF EDUCATION SHALL NEGOTIATE, PURSUANT TO ARTICLE FOURTEEN
   38  OF THE CIVIL SERVICE LAW, A PROCEDURE  FOR  ENSURING  THAT  EACH  SCHOOL
   39  YEAR,  NOT MORE THAN THIRTEEN PERCENT OF THE RATINGS RECEIVED BY THE UFT
   40  AFTER OCTOBER FIRST ARE APPEALED TO THE PANEL.  THE BOARD  OF  EDUCATION
   41  SHALL MAKE ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS TO ISSUE RATINGS AND NOTIFY THE UFT OF
   42  INEFFECTIVE  RATINGS  BY  OCTOBER  FIRST. ANY RATING NOT APPEALED TO THE
   43  PANEL MAY BE APPEALED BY THE INDIVIDUAL TEACHER TO THE CHANCELLOR OF THE
   44  CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT.  APPEALS MADE TO THE CHANCELLOR OF THE CITY SCHOOL
   45  DISTRICT MUST BE FILED WITHIN TEN SCHOOL DAYS AFTER THE UFT WOULD OTHER-
   46  WISE BE REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION OF A PANEL APPEAL.
   47    E. FOR ALL TEACHERS IN YEAR TWO STATUS, UNLESS AND UNTIL THE  INEFFEC-
   48  TIVE RATING THEY RECEIVED IN THE PRIOR YEAR IS CHANGED BY A PRINCIPAL OR
   49  OTHERWISE CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION,
   50  AN  INDEPENDENT  VALIDATOR SHALL BE APPOINTED TO EVALUATE THE TEACHER ON
   51  EACH COMPONENT OF THE ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE  REVIEW  IN  WHICH
   52  THE  SCORING  OF  THE  COMPONENT  IS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE PRINCIPAL.
   53  THESE COMPONENTS SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED  TO  TEACHER  PERFORM-
   54  ANCE,  BUT  SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY COMPONENTS IN WHICH THE SCORING OF THE
   55  COMPONENT IS OUTSIDE THE DISCRETION OF THE PRINCIPAL, EVEN IF THE  PRIN-
   56  CIPAL HAS DISCRETION IN A RELATED GOAL-SETTING PROCESS PRIOR TO SCORING.
       S. 6257--B                         35                         A. 9057--B
    1  THE  INDEPENDENT  VALIDATOR  SHALL PERFORM THREE OBSERVATIONS DURING THE
    2  COURSE OF THE SCHOOL YEAR.  THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OBSERVATIONS
    3  SHALL BE NEGOTIATED PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE FOURTEEN  OF
    4  THE CIVIL SERVICE LAW.
    5    F.  THE  UFT AND THE BOARD OF EDUCATION SHALL JOINTLY SELECT AN ORGAN-
    6  IZATION OR ORGANIZATIONS  THAT  EMPLOY  CERTIFIED  EDUCATORS,  INCLUDING
    7  TEACHERS,  TO  PERFORM  THE  WORK AS INDEPENDENT VALIDATORS. INDEPENDENT
    8  VALIDATORS SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED SIMULTANEOUSLY BY THE BOARD  OF  EDUCA-
    9  TION  OR  SIMULTANEOUSLY  HAVE  AN INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT WITH THE BOARD OF
   10  EDUCATION.  SHOULD EITHER THE BOARD OF EDUCATION OR THE UFT  NOTIFY  THE
   11  DEPARTMENT THAT AFTER A GOOD FAITH EFFORT THE BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE
   12  UFT  ARE  UNABLE TO JOINTLY SELECT ORGANIZATIONS, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL
   13  NAME ORGANIZATIONS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS. THE  BOARD  OF
   14  EDUCATION  SHALL  SET  FORTH  A  REQUIRED  NUMBER OF VALIDATORS, AND THE
   15  COMMISSIONER SHALL NAME ORGANIZATIONS THAT CAN  PROVIDE  AT  LEAST  THIS
   16  NUMBER  OF VALIDATORS WHOM THE COMMISSIONER DEEMS QUALIFIED. THE COMMIS-
   17  SIONER SHALL NAME ORGANIZATIONS BASED ON THE CRITERIA SET FORTH IN  THIS
   18  SUBDIVISION  THAT APPLY TO THE MUTUAL SELECTION PROCESS FOR THE BOARD OF
   19  EDUCATION AND THE UFT AND SHALL ALSO  CONSIDER  POTENTIAL  CONFLICTS  OF
   20  INTEREST.
   21    G. IN AN INSTANCE IN WHICH THE INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR DOES NOT COMPLETE
   22  THE  REVIEW PROCESS DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE BOARD
   23  OF EDUCATION, THE TEACHER SHALL REMAIN IN YEAR TWO STATUS THE  FOLLOWING
   24  SCHOOL  YEAR.   SHOULD THE INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR NOT COMPLETE THE REVIEW
   25  PROCESS FOR A SECOND CONSECUTIVE SCHOOL YEAR AND FOR ANY REASON  IN  THE
   26  SECOND  YEAR FOR OTHER THAN A LEAVE OF ABSENCE OR CHRONIC ABSENCE ON THE
   27  PART OF THE TEACHER, THE TEACHER SHALL RETURN TO  YEAR  ONE  STATUS  THE
   28  FOLLOWING SCHOOL YEAR.
   29    H.  AN  INDEPENDENT  VALIDATOR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED WITH THE
   30  PRINCIPAL WHEN AN INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR'S SCORING, IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH
   31  THE  SCORING  OF COMPONENTS NOT REVIEWED BY THE INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR IN
   32  ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBDIVISION, WOULD RESULT IN A RATING IN  THE  SAME
   33  CATEGORY ON THE ANNUAL PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW THAN WOULD RESULT
   34  FROM THE PRINCIPAL'S RATING.
   35    I. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, AN INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR SHALL BE
   36  DEEMED  TO  HAVE  DISAGREED  WITH  THE  PRINCIPAL  WHEN  AN  INDEPENDENT
   37  VALIDATOR'S SCORING, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SCORING OF  COMPONENTS  NOT
   38  REVIEWED  BY  THE INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBDIVI-
   39  SION, WOULD RESULT IN A RATING IN A DIFFERENT  CATEGORY  ON  THE  ANNUAL
   40  PROFESSIONAL  PERFORMANCE  REVIEW THAN WOULD RESULT FROM THE PRINCIPAL'S
   41  RATING.
   42    J. IF A TEACHER RECEIVES AN INEFFECTIVE RATING FOR A  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN
   43  WHICH  THE  TEACHER  IS IN YEAR TWO STATUS AND THE INDEPENDENT VALIDATOR
   44  AGREES, THE DISTRICT MAY BRING A PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO  SECTIONS  THREE
   45  THOUSAND  TWENTY  AND THREE THOUSAND TWENTY-A OF THIS ARTICLE BASED ON A
   46  PATTERN OF INEFFECTIVE TEACHING OR PERFORMANCE.  IN SUCH PROCEEDING, THE
   47  CHARGES SHALL ALLEGE THAT THE EMPLOYING BOARD HAS DEVELOPED AND SUBSTAN-
   48  TIALLY IMPLEMENTED A TEACHER IMPROVEMENT PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH  SUBDI-
   49  VISION  FOUR  OF  THIS SECTION FOR THE EMPLOYEE FOLLOWING THE EVALUATION
   50  MADE FOR THE YEAR IN WHICH THE EMPLOYEE WAS IN YEAR ONE STATUS  AND  WAS
   51  RATED  INEFFECTIVE.  THE  PATTERN OF INEFFECTIVE TEACHING OR PERFORMANCE
   52  SHALL GIVE RISE TO A REBUTTABLE PRESUMPTION OF INCOMPETENCE AND  IF  THE
   53  PRESUMPTION  IS  NOT SUCCESSFULLY REBUTTED, THE FINDING, ABSENT EXTRAOR-
   54  DINARY CIRCUMSTANCES, SHALL BE JUST CAUSE FOR REMOVAL.  IN  THESE  HEAR-
   55  INGS, THE TEACHER SHALL HAVE UP TO THREE DAYS TO PRESENT HIS OR HER CASE
   56  FOR  EVERY ONE DAY USED BY THE DISTRICT TO PRESENT ITS CASE. THE HEARING
       S. 6257--B                         36                         A. 9057--B
    1  OFFICER SHALL RENDER A WRITTEN DECISION WITHIN TEN DAYS OF THE LAST  DAY
    2  OF THE HEARING.
    3    K. IF THE TEACHER RECEIVES AN INEFFECTIVE RATING BY THE PRINCIPAL IN A
    4  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN  WHICH  THEY ARE IN YEAR TWO STATUS AND THE INDEPENDENT
    5  VALIDATOR DISAGREES, THE INEFFECTIVE RATING REMAINS BUT THE DISTRICT MAY
    6  NOT BRING PROCEEDING BASED ON  A  PATTERN  OF  INEFFECTIVE  TEACHING  OR
    7  PERFORMANCE,  AS  DEFINED IN THIS SECTION, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT NOTHING
    8  IN THIS SECTION SHALL PREVENT THE BOARD OF  EDUCATION  FROM  CHARGING  A
    9  TEACHER  BASED  ON INCOMPETENCE AND ENTERING THE PRINCIPAL'S EVALUATIONS
   10  INTO EVIDENCE.
   11    L. IF UPON THE COMPLETION OF A  HEARING  PURSUANT  TO  SECTIONS  THREE
   12  THOUSAND  TWENTY  AND  THREE  THOUSAND  TWENTY-A  OF THIS ARTICLE, BASED
   13  EITHER ON A PATTERN OF INEFFECTIVE TEACHING OR PERFORMANCE OR CHARGES OF
   14  INCOMPETENCE IN WHICH YEAR ONE OR YEAR TWO EVALUATIONS WERE ENTERED INTO
   15  EVIDENCE, AND A HEARING  OFFICER  FINDS  THE  TEACHER  INCOMPETENT,  BUT
   16  DECIDES NOT TO TERMINATE, THE TEACHER REMAINS IN YEAR TWO STATUS FOR THE
   17  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN PROGRESS OR THE FOLLOWING SCHOOL YEAR IF THE FINDING IS
   18  MADE IN BETWEEN SCHOOL YEARS. IF UPON THE COMPLETION OF THE HEARING, THE
   19  HEARING OFFICER EXONERATES THE TEACHER OF CHARGES  OF  INCOMPETENCE  THE
   20  TEACHER  SHALL  REVERT TO YEAR ONE STATUS IF IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SCHOOL
   21  YEAR OR AT THE BEGINNING OF THE FOLLOWING SCHOOL YEAR IF THE FINDING  IS
   22  MADE IN BETWEEN SCHOOL YEARS.
   23    M.  IF  THE  TEACHER RECEIVES AN INEFFECTIVE RATING IN YEAR TWO BY THE
   24  PRINCIPAL AND THE VALIDATOR AGREES, AND THE DISTRICT DOES NOT  BRING  AN
   25  EXPEDITED  PROCEEDING  PURSUANT  TO  SECTIONS  THREE THOUSAND TWENTY AND
   26  THREE THOUSAND TWENTY-A OF THIS ARTICLE, THE TEACHER MAY APPEAL THE YEAR
   27  TWO INEFFECTIVE RATING TO THE CHANCELLOR OF THE  CITY  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,
   28  WHO  SHALL  MAKE  A  FINAL  DETERMINATION.  IF THE RATING IS UPHELD, THE
   29  TEACHER SHALL REMAIN IN YEAR TWO STATUS FOR THE SUBSEQUENT SCHOOL  YEAR,
   30  BUT  IF  FOLLOWING  THAT  YEAR  THE  TEACHER IS NOT CHARGED, THE TEACHER
   31  REVERTS TO YEAR ONE STATUS FOR THE NEXT SCHOOL YEAR.
   32    N. A PROCESS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED TO EVALUATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE
   33  SPECIFIC PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED IN THIS SUBDIVISION AFTER TWO YEARS FROM
   34  THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT A  FAILURE
   35  OR   DELAY  IN  ESTABLISHING  THAT  PROCESS  SHALL  NOT  INVALIDATE  ANY
   36  PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION.
   37    O. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW  TO  THE  CONTRARY,  THE
   38  BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE UFT MAY ALTER ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVI-
   39  SION THROUGH COLLECTIVE BARGAINING.
   40    S  2. (a) The appeals process will go into effect on January 16, 2013,
   41  unless the city school district of the city of New York  enters  into  a
   42  collectively bargained teacher evaluation and appeals plan in conformity
   43  with  section  3012-c  of the education law and with the approval of the
   44  commissioner of education.
   45    (b) The chancellor of the District shall notify the  legislative  bill
   46  drafting  commission  upon  the occurrence of the events provided for in
   47  subdivision (a) of this section in order that the commission  may  main-
   48  tain  an accurate and timely effective data base of the official text of
   49  the laws of the state of New York in  furtherance  of  effectuating  the
   50  provisions  of section 44 of the legislative law and section 70-b of the
   51  public officers law.
   52                                   PART B
   53    Section 1. Section 3020-a of the education law, as amended by  chapter
   54  691  of  the  laws of 1994, paragraph (b) of subdivision 2 as separately
       S. 6257--B                         37                         A. 9057--B
    1  amended by chapters 296 and 325 of the laws of 2008,  paragraph  (c)  of
    2  subdivision  2  and paragraph a of subdivision 3 as amended and subpara-
    3  graph (i-a) of paragraph c of subdivision 3 as added by chapter  103  of
    4  the laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
    5    S 3020-a. Disciplinary procedures and penalties. 1. Filing of charges.
    6  All charges against a person enjoying the benefits of tenure as provided
    7  in  subdivision  three of section [one thousand one] ELEVEN hundred two,
    8  and sections [two thousand five] TWENTY-FIVE hundred nine, [two thousand
    9  five] TWENTY-FIVE hundred seventy-three, twenty-five  hundred  ninety-j,
   10  three  thousand twelve and three thousand fourteen of this chapter shall
   11  be in writing and filed with  the  clerk  or  secretary  of  the  school
   12  district or employing board during the period between the actual opening
   13  and  closing  of  the  school  year  for  which the employed is normally
   14  required to serve. Except as provided in subdivision  eight  of  section
   15  [two  thousand  five]  TWENTY-FIVE hundred seventy-three and subdivision
   16  seven of section twenty-five hundred ninety-j of this chapter, no charg-
   17  es under this section shall be brought more than three years  after  the
   18  occurrence  of  the  alleged incompetency or misconduct, except when the
   19  charge is of misconduct constituting a crime when committed.
   20    2. [(a)] Disposition of charges. A. Upon receipt of the  charges,  the
   21  clerk or secretary of the school district or employing board shall imme-
   22  diately  notify  said  board  thereof. Within five days after receipt of
   23  charges, the employing board, in executive session, shall determine,  by
   24  a  vote of a majority of all the members of such board, whether probable
   25  cause exists to bring a  disciplinary  proceeding  against  an  employee
   26  pursuant  to this section. If such determination is affirmative, a writ-
   27  ten statement specifying (I) the charges in  detail,  (II)  the  maximum
   28  penalty  which  will  be  imposed  by the board if the employee does not
   29  request a hearing or that will be sought by the board if the employee is
   30  found guilty of the charges after a hearing, (III) THE RESPONSIBILITY OF
   31  THE EMPLOYEE OR THE EMPLOYEE'S COLLECTIVE BARGAINING UNIT,  AS  APPLICA-
   32  BLE,  TO  PAY A SHARE OF HEARING COSTS UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH
   33  IN PARAGRAPHS B AND C OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION, and [outlin-
   34  ing] (IV) the employee's rights under this section, shall be immediately
   35  forwarded to the accused  employee  by  certified  or  registered  mail,
   36  return receipt requested or by personal delivery to the employee.
   37    [(b)] B. The employee may be suspended pending a hearing on the charg-
   38  es  and  the  final  determination thereof. The suspension shall be with
   39  pay, except the employee may be suspended without pay  if  the  employee
   40  has  entered  a  guilty  plea to or has been convicted of a felony crime
   41  concerning the criminal sale or possession of a controlled substance,  a
   42  precursor of a controlled substance, or drug paraphernalia as defined in
   43  article  two  hundred twenty or two hundred twenty-one of the penal law;
   44  or a felony crime involving the physical abuse of a  minor  or  student.
   45  The  employee  shall be terminated without a hearing, as provided for in
   46  this section, upon conviction of a sex offense, as defined  in  subpara-
   47  graph two of paragraph b of subdivision seven-a of section three hundred
   48  five of this chapter.  To the extent this section applies to an employee
   49  acting  as  a school administrator or supervisor, as defined in subpara-
   50  graph three of paragraph b  of  subdivision  seven-b  of  section  three
   51  hundred  five of this chapter, such employee shall be terminated without
   52  a hearing, as provided for in this section, upon conviction of a  felony
   53  offense  defined  in  subparagraph  two  of  paragraph  b of subdivision
   54  seven-b of section three hundred five of this chapter.
   55    [(c)] C. Within ten days of receipt of the statement of  charges,  the
   56  employee  shall  notify the clerk or secretary of the employing board in
       S. 6257--B                         38                         A. 9057--B
    1  writing whether he or she desires a hearing on the charges and when  the
    2  charges concern pedagogical incompetence or issues involving pedagogical
    3  judgment,  his  or  her  choice  of either a single hearing officer or a
    4  three  member  panel,  provided  that  a three member panel shall not be
    5  available where the charges concern pedagogical incompetence based sole-
    6  ly upon a teacher's or principal's pattern of  ineffective  teaching  or
    7  performance  as defined in section three thousand twelve-c of this arti-
    8  cle. All other charges shall be heard by a single hearing officer.
    9    [(d)] D. The unexcused failure of the employee to notify the clerk  or
   10  secretary  of  his  or  her  desire for a hearing within ten days of the
   11  receipt of charges shall be deemed a waiver of the right to  a  hearing.
   12  Where  an employee requests a hearing in the manner provided for by this
   13  section, the clerk or secretary of the board shall, within three working
   14  days of receipt of the employee's notice or request for a hearing, noti-
   15  fy the commissioner [of education] of the need for  a  hearing.  If  the
   16  employee  waives his or her right to a hearing the employing board shall
   17  proceed, within fifteen days, by a vote of a majority of all members  of
   18  such  board,  to  determine  the case and fix the penalty, if any, to be
   19  imposed in accordance with subdivision four of this section.
   20    3. Hearings.  a. Notice of hearing. Upon receipt of a  request  for  a
   21  hearing  in accordance with subdivision two of this section, the commis-
   22  sioner shall  forthwith  notify  the  American  Arbitration  Association
   23  (hereinafter  "association") of the need for a hearing and shall request
   24  the association to provide to the commissioner forthwith a list of names
   25  of persons chosen by the association from  the  association's  panel  of
   26  labor arbitrators to potentially serve as hearing officers together with
   27  relevant  biographical  information  on each arbitrator. Upon receipt of
   28  said list and biographical information, the commissioner shall forthwith
   29  send a copy of both  simultaneously  to  the  employing  board  and  the
   30  employee.  The  commissioner  shall  also simultaneously notify both the
   31  employing board and the employee of  each  potential  hearing  officer's
   32  record  in  the  last  five  cases of commencing and completing hearings
   33  within the time periods prescribed in this section.
   34    b. (i) Hearing officers. All hearings pursuant to this  section  shall
   35  be conducted before and by a single hearing officer selected as provided
   36  for  in  this  section. A hearing officer shall not be eligible to serve
   37  [as such] IN SUCH POSITION if he or she is  a  resident  of  the  school
   38  district, other than the city of New York, under the jurisdiction of the
   39  employing  board,  an employee, agent or representative of the employing
   40  board or of  any  labor  organization  representing  employees  of  such
   41  employing  board,  has served as such agent or representative within two
   42  years of the date of the scheduled hearing, or if  he  or  she  is  then
   43  serving as a mediator or fact finder in the same school district.
   44    (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, FOR HEARINGS COMMENCED
   45  BY  THE FILING OF CHARGES PRIOR TO APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, the
   46  hearing officer shall be compensated by the department with the  custom-
   47  ary  fee  paid  for  service  as an arbitrator under the auspices of the
   48  association for each day of actual service  plus  necessary  travel  and
   49  other  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  the performance of his or her
   50  duties. All other expenses of the disciplinary proceedings COMMENCED  BY
   51  THE FILING OF CHARGES PRIOR TO APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE shall be
   52  paid in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner [of educa-
   53  tion].    CLAIMS  FOR  SUCH  COMPENSATION FOR DAYS OF ACTUAL SERVICE AND
   54  REIMBURSEMENT FOR NECESSARY  TRAVEL  AND  OTHER  EXPENSES  FOR  HEARINGS
   55  COMMENCED  BY  THE  FILING OF CHARGES PRIOR TO APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
   56  TWELVE SHALL BE PAID FROM AN APPROPRIATION FOR SUCH PURPOSE IN THE ORDER
       S. 6257--B                         39                         A. 9057--B
    1  IN WHICH THEY HAVE  BEEN  APPROVED  BY  THE  COMMISSIONER  FOR  PAYMENT,
    2  PROVIDED PAYMENT SHALL FIRST BE MADE FOR ANY OTHER HEARING COSTS PAYABLE
    3  BY THE COMMISSIONER, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF TRANSCRIBING THE RECORD, AND
    4  PROVIDED FURTHER THAT NO SUCH CLAIM SHALL BE SET ASIDE FOR INSUFFICIENCY
    5  OF FUNDS TO MAKE A COMPLETE PAYMENT, BUT SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR A PARTIAL
    6  PAYMENT IN ONE YEAR AND SHALL RETAIN ITS PRIORITY DATE STATUS FOR APPRO-
    7  PRIATIONS DESIGNATED FOR SUCH PURPOSE IN FUTURE YEARS.
    8    (B)  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, RULE OR REGULATION TO
    9  THE CONTRARY, FOR HEARINGS COMMENCED BY THE  FILING  OF  CHARGES  ON  OR
   10  AFTER  APRIL  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND TWELVE, THE HEARING OFFICER SHALL BE
   11  COMPENSATED FOR HIS OR HER ACTUAL  HOURS  OF  SERVICE  RENDERED  IN  THE
   12  PERFORMANCE  OF  HIS OR HER DUTIES AS A HEARING OFFICER, PLUS ANY NECES-
   13  SARY TRAVEL OR OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH DUTIES
   14  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CLAUSE AND CLAUSE (C) OF  THIS
   15  SUBPARAGRAPH.  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL  ESTABLISH MAXIMUM RATES FOR THE
   16  COMPENSATION OF HEARING OFFICERS AND LIMITATIONS ON THE NUMBER OF  STUDY
   17  HOURS THAT MAY BE CLAIMED.
   18    (C)  THE  COSTS  OF  COMPENSATING HEARING OFFICERS FOR ACTUAL HOURS OF
   19  SERVICE, PLUS ANY NECESSARY TRAVEL AND OTHER EXPENSES  INCURRED  IN  THE
   20  PERFORMANCE OF SUCH DUTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (B) OF THIS SUBPAR-
   21  AGRAPH  AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER SHALL BE DIVIDED EQUALLY
   22  BETWEEN THE EMPLOYING BOARD AND THE EMPLOYEE'S BARGAINING AGENT  OR  THE
   23  EMPLOYEE  IF NOT REPRESENTED BY A BARGAINING UNIT. UPON VERIFICATION AND
   24  APPROVAL BY THE EMPLOYING BOARD  AND  THE  EMPLOYEE  OR  THE  EMPLOYEE'S
   25  BARGAINING AGENT FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE HEARING, CLAIMS FOR PAYMENT
   26  FOR SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.
   27    (ii)  Not later than ten days after the date the commissioner mails to
   28  the employing board and the employee the list of potential hearing offi-
   29  cers and biographies provided to the commissioner  by  the  association,
   30  the  employing  board  and  the  employee, individually or through their
   31  agents or representatives, shall by mutual agreement  select  a  hearing
   32  officer  from  said  list  to  conduct  the hearing and shall notify the
   33  commissioner of their selection.
   34    (iii) If the employing board and the employee  fail  to  agree  on  an
   35  arbitrator  to  serve  as a hearing officer from said list and so notify
   36  the commissioner within ten days  after  receiving  the  list  from  the
   37  commissioner,  the commissioner shall request the association to appoint
   38  a hearing officer from said list.
   39    (iv) In those cases in which the employee elects to have  the  charges
   40  heard by a hearing panel, the hearing panel shall consist of the hearing
   41  officer,  selected  in  accordance  with this subdivision, and two addi-
   42  tional persons, one selected by the employee and  one  selected  by  the
   43  employing  board, from a list maintained for such purpose by the commis-
   44  sioner [of education].  The  list  shall  be  composed  of  professional
   45  personnel  with  administrative  or  supervisory responsibility, profes-
   46  sional personnel without administrative or  supervisory  responsibility,
   47  chief  school  administrators,  members  of  employing boards and others
   48  selected from lists of nominees submitted to the commissioner by  state-
   49  wide  organizations  representing  teachers,  school  administrators and
   50  supervisors and the employing boards. Hearing panel members  other  than
   51  the  hearing  officer  shall be compensated [by the department of educa-
   52  tion] at the rate of one hundred dollars for each day of actual  service
   53  [plus]  AND  SHALL  BE  REIMBURSED  FOR necessary travel and subsistence
   54  expenses IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF CLAUSE  (A)  OR
   55  CLAUSE  (C)  OF  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH. The hearing officer
       S. 6257--B                         40                         A. 9057--B
    1  shall be compensated as set forth in this subdivision. The hearing offi-
    2  cer shall be the [chairman] CHAIRPERSON of the hearing panel.
    3    c.  Hearing  procedures. (i) (A) The commissioner [of education] shall
    4  have the power to establish  necessary  rules  and  procedures  for  the
    5  conduct  of  hearings  under this section WHICH, FOR HEARINGS OTHER THAN
    6  EXPEDITED HEARINGS PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH  (I-A)  OF  THIS  PARAGRAPH,
    7  SHALL  INCLUDE  SPECIFIC  TIMELINE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDUCTING A HEARING
    8  AND FOR RENDERING A FINAL DECISION.
    9    (B) THE DEPARTMENT SHALL BE AUTHORIZED TO MONITOR  AND  INVESTIGATE  A
   10  HEARING  OFFICER'S  COMPLIANCE  WITH SUCH TIMELINES, AS SET FORTH IN THE
   11  REGULATIONS OF THE COMMISSIONER. THE COMMISSIONER SHALL ANNUALLY  INFORM
   12  ALL  HEARING  OFFICERS  WHO  HAVE  HEARD  CASES PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION
   13  DURING THE PRECEDING YEAR THAT THE TIME PERIODS PRESCRIBED IN THE  REGU-
   14  LATIONS  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER  FOR  CONDUCTING  SUCH HEARINGS ARE TO BE
   15  STRICTLY FOLLOWED.   A RECORD  OF  CONTINUED  FAILURE  TO  COMMENCE  AND
   16  COMPLETE  HEARINGS WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS PRESCRIBED IN THE REGULATIONS
   17  AUTHORIZED BY THIS SUBPARAGRAPH SHALL  BE  CONSIDERED  GROUNDS  FOR  THE
   18  COMMISSIONER TO EXCLUDE SUCH INDIVIDUAL FROM THE LIST OF POTENTIAL HEAR-
   19  ING OFFICERS SENT TO THE EMPLOYING BOARD AND THE EMPLOYEE FOR SUCH HEAR-
   20  INGS.
   21    (C)  Such  rules  shall not require compliance with technical rules of
   22  evidence. Hearings shall be conducted by the  hearing  officer  selected
   23  pursuant  to  paragraph b of this subdivision with full and fair disclo-
   24  sure of the nature of the case and evidence against the employee by  the
   25  employing  board and shall be public or private at the discretion of the
   26  employee. The employee shall have a  reasonable  opportunity  to  defend
   27  himself  or  herself  and  an  opportunity  to testify in his or her own
   28  behalf. The employee shall not be required to testify. Each party  shall
   29  have  the right to be represented by counsel, to subpoena witnesses, and
   30  to cross-examine witnesses. All testimony  taken  shall  be  under  oath
   31  which the hearing officer is hereby authorized to administer.
   32    [A] (D) FOR HEARINGS COMMENCED BY THE FILING OF CHARGES PRIOR TO APRIL
   33  FIRST,  TWO THOUSAND TWELVE, A competent stenographer, designated by the
   34  commissioner [of education] and compensated  by  the  [state  education]
   35  department,  shall  keep  and  transcribe a record of the proceedings at
   36  each such hearing. A copy of the transcript of the hearings shall,  upon
   37  request,  be  furnished  without charge to the employee and the board of
   38  education involved.
   39    (E) HEARINGS COMMENCED BY THE FILING OF  CHARGES  ON  OR  AFTER  APRIL
   40  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND TWELVE, SHALL NOT BE RECORDED BY A STENOGRAPHER OR
   41  ANY OTHER RECORDING MECHANISM UNLESS BOTH PARTIES  AGREE  PRIOR  TO  THE
   42  COMMENCEMENT  OF  THE DISCIPLINARY HEARING. THE PARTY REQUESTING A TRAN-
   43  SCRIPT OR RECORDING AT A DISCIPLINARY HEARING MAY PROVIDE FOR ONE AT ITS
   44  OWN EXPENSE AND SHALL PROVIDE A COPY TO THE  ARBITRATOR  AND  THE  OTHER
   45  PARTY  UNLESS BOTH PARTIES AGREE TO SHARE THE COST OF SUCH TRANSCRIPT OR
   46  RECORDING. THE USE OF A TRANSCRIPT CANNOT DELAY THE  HEARING  AND  SHALL
   47  NOT EXTEND THE DATE THE HEARING IS CLOSED.
   48    (i-a)(A) Where charges of incompetence are brought based solely upon a
   49  pattern of ineffective teaching or performance of a classroom teacher or
   50  principal,  as  defined in section three thousand twelve-c of this arti-
   51  cle, the hearing shall be conducted before and by a single hearing offi-
   52  cer in an expedited hearing, which  shall  commence  within  seven  days
   53  after  the  pre-hearing  conference  and shall be completed within sixty
   54  days after the pre-hearing conference. The hearing officer shall  estab-
   55  lish a hearing schedule at the pre-hearing conference to ensure that the
   56  expedited  hearing  is  completed  within the required timeframes and to
       S. 6257--B                         41                         A. 9057--B
    1  ensure an equitable distribution of days between the employing board and
    2  the charged employee. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or  regulation
    3  to  the  contrary,  no adjournments may be granted that would extend the
    4  hearing  beyond  such  sixty days, except as authorized in this subpara-
    5  graph. A hearing officer, upon request, may grant  a  limited  and  time
    6  specific  adjournment  that  would  extend the hearing beyond such sixty
    7  days if the hearing officer determines that the delay is attributable to
    8  a circumstance or occurrence substantially beyond  the  control  of  the
    9  requesting  party  and an injustice would result if the adjournment were
   10  not granted.
   11    (B) Such charges shall allege that the employing board  has  developed
   12  and substantially implemented a teacher or principal improvement plan in
   13  accordance  with  subdivision four of section three thousand twelve-c of
   14  this article for the employee following the first  evaluation  in  which
   15  the employee was rated ineffective, and the immediately preceding evalu-
   16  ation  if  the  employee was rated developing. Notwithstanding any other
   17  provision of law to the contrary, a pattern of ineffective  teaching  or
   18  performance  as defined in section three thousand twelve-c of this arti-
   19  cle shall constitute  very  significant  evidence  of  incompetence  for
   20  purposes  of  this  section.  Nothing  in  this  subparagraph  shall  be
   21  construed to limit the defenses which the employee may place before  the
   22  hearing  officer  in challenging the allegation of a pattern of ineffec-
   23  tive teaching or performance.
   24    (C) The commissioner shall annually inform all  hearing  officers  who
   25  have heard cases pursuant to this section during the preceding year that
   26  the  time  periods  prescribed in this subparagraph for conducting expe-
   27  dited hearings are to be strictly followed. A record of continued  fail-
   28  ure  to commence and complete expedited hearings within the time periods
   29  prescribed in this subparagraph shall  be  considered  grounds  for  the
   30  commissioner to exclude such individual from the list of potential hear-
   31  ing officers sent to the employing board and the employee for such expe-
   32  dited hearings.
   33    (ii)  The  hearing  officer  selected  to conduct a hearing under this
   34  section shall, within ten to fifteen days of agreeing to serve [as such]
   35  IN SUCH POSITION, hold a pre-hearing conference which shall be  held  in
   36  the school district or county seat of the county, or any county, wherein
   37  the  employing school board is located. The pre-hearing conference shall
   38  be limited in length to one day except that the hearing officer, in  his
   39  or her discretion, may allow one additional day for good cause shown.
   40    (iii) At the pre-hearing conference the hearing officer shall have the
   41  power to:
   42    (A) issue subpoenas;
   43    (B)  hear and decide all motions, including but not limited to motions
   44  to dismiss the charges;
   45    (C) hear and decide  all  applications  for  bills  of  particular  or
   46  requests  for production of materials or information, including, but not
   47  limited to, any witness statement (or statements), investigatory  state-
   48  ment  (or statements) or note (notes), exculpatory evidence or any other
   49  evidence, including district or student records, relevant  and  material
   50  to the employee's defense.
   51    (iv) Any pre-hearing motion or application relative to the sufficiency
   52  of  the  charges,  application  or amendment thereof, or any preliminary
   53  matters shall be made upon written notice to the hearing officer and the
   54  adverse party no less than five days prior to the date of the  pre-hear-
   55  ing  conference.  Any  pre-hearing  motions  or applications not made as
       S. 6257--B                         42                         A. 9057--B
    1  provided for herein shall be deemed waived  except  for  good  cause  as
    2  determined by the hearing officer.
    3    (v)  In  the  event  that  at the pre-hearing conference the employing
    4  board presents evidence that the professional license  of  the  employee
    5  has  been revoked and all judicial and administrative remedies have been
    6  exhausted or foreclosed, the hearing officer shall  schedule  the  date,
    7  time  and  place  for an expedited hearing, which hearing shall commence
    8  not more than seven days after  the  pre-hearing  conference  and  which
    9  shall  be limited to one day. The expedited hearing shall be held in the
   10  local school district or county seat of the county or any county, where-
   11  in the said employing board is located. The expedited hearing shall  not
   12  be  postponed  except upon the request of a party and then only for good
   13  cause as determined by the hearing officer. At such hearing, each  party
   14  shall have equal time in which to present its case.
   15    (vi)  During  the  pre-hearing  conference,  the hearing officer shall
   16  determine the reasonable amount of time necessary for a final hearing on
   17  the charge or charges and  shall  schedule  the  location,  time(s)  and
   18  date(s)  for  the  final hearing. The final hearing shall be held in the
   19  local school district or county seat of the county, or any county, wher-
   20  ein the said employing school board is located. In the  event  that  the
   21  hearing  officer  determines  that  the  nature of the case requires the
   22  final hearing to last more than one day, the days that are scheduled for
   23  the final hearing shall be consecutive. The day or  days  scheduled  for
   24  the  final  hearing  shall not be postponed except upon the request of a
   25  party and then only for good cause shown as determined  by  the  hearing
   26  officer.  In  all  cases,  the final hearing shall be completed no later
   27  than sixty days after the  pre-hearing  conference  unless  the  hearing
   28  officer  determines  that  extraordinary circumstances warrant a limited
   29  extension.
   30    D. LIMITATION ON CLAIMS. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION  OF  LAW,
   31  RULE  OR  REGULATION  TO  THE CONTRARY, NO PAYMENTS SHALL BE MADE BY THE
   32  DEPARTMENT PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION ON OR  AFTER  APRIL  FIRST,  TWO
   33  THOUSAND  TWELVE  FOR:  (I) COMPENSATION OF A HEARING OFFICER OR HEARING
   34  PANEL MEMBER, (II) REIMBURSEMENT  OF  SUCH  HEARING  OFFICERS  OR  PANEL
   35  MEMBERS  FOR  NECESSARY  TRAVEL  OR  OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED BY THEM, OR
   36  (III) FOR OTHER HEARING EXPENSES ON A CLAIM  SUBMITTED  LATER  THAN  ONE
   37  YEAR  AFTER THE FINAL DISPOSITION OF THE HEARING BY ANY MEANS, INCLUDING
   38  SETTLEMENT, OR WITHIN NINETY DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS PARA-
   39  GRAPH, WHICHEVER IS LATER; PROVIDED THAT NO PAYMENT SHALL BE  BARRED  OR
   40  REDUCED  WHERE  SUCH PAYMENT IS REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF A COURT ORDER OR
   41  JUDGMENT OR A FINAL AUDIT.
   42    4. Post hearing procedures. [(a)] A. The hearing officer shall  render
   43  a written decision within thirty days of the last day of the final hear-
   44  ing,  or  in  the  case  of an expedited hearing within ten days of such
   45  expedited hearing, and shall [forthwith] forward a copy thereof  to  the
   46  commissioner  [of education] who shall immediately forward copies of the
   47  decision to the employee and to the clerk or secretary of the  employing
   48  board. The written decision shall include the hearing officer's findings
   49  of  fact  on  each  charge,  his  or her conclusions with regard to each
   50  charge based on said findings and shall  state  what  penalty  or  other
   51  action, if any, shall be taken by the employing board. At the request of
   52  the employee, in determining what, if any, penalty or other action shall
   53  be  imposed,  the hearing officer shall consider the extent to which the
   54  employing board made efforts towards  correcting  the  behavior  of  the
   55  employee  which  resulted  in  charges  being brought under this section
   56  through means including but not limited  to:  remediation,  peer  inter-
       S. 6257--B                         43                         A. 9057--B
    1  vention  or  an employee assistance plan. In those cases where a penalty
    2  is imposed, such penalty may be a written reprimand, a fine,  suspension
    3  for a fixed time without pay, or dismissal. In addition to or in lieu of
    4  the aforementioned penalties, the hearing officer, where he or she deems
    5  appropriate,  may impose upon the employee remedial action including but
    6  not limited to leaves of absence with or without pay, continuing  educa-
    7  tion  and/or  study,  a requirement that the employee seek counseling or
    8  medical treatment or that the employee engage in any other  remedial  or
    9  combination of remedial actions.
   10    [(b)] B. Within fifteen days of receipt of the hearing officer's deci-
   11  sion  the  employing board shall implement the decision. If the employee
   12  is acquitted he or she shall be restored to his  or  her  position  with
   13  full  pay  for  any  period  of  suspension  without pay and the charges
   14  expunged from the employment record. If an employee who was convicted of
   15  a felony crime specified in paragraph [(b)] B of subdivision two of this
   16  section, has said conviction reversed, the employee,  upon  application,
   17  shall  be entitled to have his OR HER pay and other emoluments restored,
   18  for the period from the date of his OR HER suspension to the date of the
   19  decision.
   20    [(c)] C. The hearing officer shall indicate in  the  decision  whether
   21  any  of  the  charges  brought  by the employing board were frivolous as
   22  defined in section [eight thousand three] EIGHTY-THREE  hundred  three-a
   23  of  the  civil practice law and rules. If the hearing [officers] OFFICER
   24  finds that all of the charges brought against the employee  were  frivo-
   25  lous,  the  hearing officer shall order the employing board to reimburse
   26  the [state education] department the reasonable  costs  said  department
   27  incurred as a result of the proceeding and to reimburse the employee the
   28  reasonable  costs,  including  but  not limited to reasonable attorneys'
   29  fees, the employee incurred in defending the  charges.  If  the  hearing
   30  officer  finds  that some but not all of the charges brought against the
   31  employee were frivolous, the hearing officer shall order  the  employing
   32  board  to  reimburse  the [state education] department a portion, in the
   33  discretion of the hearing officer, of the reasonable costs said  depart-
   34  ment incurred as a result of the proceeding and to reimburse the employ-
   35  ee  a  portion, in the discretion of the hearing officer, of the reason-
   36  able costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, the
   37  employee incurred in defending the charges.
   38    5. Appeal. A. Not later than ten days after  receipt  of  the  hearing
   39  officer's  decision,  the  employee  or  the employing board may make an
   40  application to the New York state supreme court to vacate or modify  the
   41  decision  of  the  hearing  officer  pursuant to section [seven thousand
   42  five] SEVENTY-FIVE hundred eleven of the civil practice law  and  rules.
   43  The  court's  review  shall  be limited to the grounds set forth in such
   44  section. The hearing panel's determination shall be deemed to  be  final
   45  for the purpose of such proceeding.
   46    B.  In no case shall the filing or the pendency of an appeal delay the
   47  implementation of the decision of the hearing officer.
   48    S 2. This act shall take effect immediately, except that if  this  act
   49  shall  have  become  a law on or after April 1, 2012 this act shall take
   50  effect immediately and shall be deemed to have been in  full  force  and
   51  effect on and after April 1, 2012.
   52                                   PART C
   53    Section  1.  Paragraphs  (a),  (b),  (c)  and  (d) of subdivision 1 of
   54  section 131-o of the social services law, as amended  by  section  1  of
       S. 6257--B                         44                         A. 9057--B
    1  part  S  of  chapter  58  of  the  laws  of 2011, are amended to read as
    2  follows:
    3    (a)  in  the  case of each individual receiving family care, an amount
    4  equal to at least [$130.00] $135.00 for each month beginning on or after
    5  January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE.
    6    (b) in the case of each  individual  receiving  residential  care,  an
    7  amount  equal  to at least [$150.00] $155.00 for each month beginning on
    8  or after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE.
    9    (c) in the case of  each  individual  receiving  enhanced  residential
   10  care,  an  amount  equal  to  at  least [$178.00] $184.00 for each month
   11  beginning on or after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE.
   12    (d) for the period commencing January  first,  two  thousand  [twelve]
   13  THIRTEEN,  the monthly personal needs allowance shall be an amount equal
   14  to the sum of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs one and two of this
   15  paragraph:
   16    (1) the amounts specified in paragraphs  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  this
   17  subdivision; and
   18    (2)  the  amount  in subparagraph one of this paragraph, multiplied by
   19  the percentage of any  federal  supplemental  security  income  cost  of
   20  living adjustment which becomes effective on or after January first, two
   21  thousand  [twelve]  THIRTEEN,  but prior to June thirtieth, two thousand
   22  [twelve] THIRTEEN, rounded to the nearest whole dollar.
   23    S 2. Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of  subdivision  2  of
   24  section  209 of the social services law, as amended by section 2 of part
   25  S of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
   26    (a) On and after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE,  for  an
   27  eligible individual living alone, [$761.00] $785.00; and for an eligible
   28  couple living alone, [$1115.00] $1152.00.
   29    (b)  On  and after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE, for an
   30  eligible individual living with others with or without  in-kind  income,
   31  [$697.00] $721.00; and for an eligible couple living with others with or
   32  without in-kind income, [$1057.00] $1094.00.
   33    (c)  On and after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE, (i) for
   34  an eligible individual receiving family care, [$940.48] $964.48 if he or
   35  she is receiving such care in the city of New  York  or  the  county  of
   36  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland;  and  (ii) for an eligible
   37  couple receiving family care in the city of New York or  the  county  of
   38  Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or Rockland, two times the amount set forth
   39  in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible individ-
   40  ual  receiving  such  care  in  any other county in the state, [$902.48]
   41  $926.48; and (iv) for an eligible couple  receiving  such  care  in  any
   42  other  county  in  the state, two times the amount set forth in subpara-
   43  graph (iii) of this paragraph.
   44    (d) On and after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE, (i)  for
   45  an  eligible  individual receiving residential care, [$1109.00] $1133.00
   46  if he or she is receiving such care in the city of New York or the coun-
   47  ty of Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or Rockland; and (ii) for an eligible
   48  couple receiving residential care in the city of New York or the  county
   49  of  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Westchester or Rockland, two times the amount set
   50  forth in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; or (iii)  for  an  eligible
   51  individual  receiving  such  care  in  any  other  county  in the state,
   52  [$1079.00] $1103.00; and (iv) for an eligible couple receiving such care
   53  in any other county in the state, two times  the  amount  set  forth  in
   54  subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph.
   55    (e)  (i) On and after January first, two thousand [eleven] TWELVE, for
   56  an eligible individual receiving enhanced residential  care,  [$1368.00]
       S. 6257--B                         45                         A. 9057--B
    1  $1392.00; and (ii) for an eligible couple receiving enhanced residential
    2  care,  two  times the amount set forth in subparagraph (i) of this para-
    3  graph.
    4    (f) The amounts set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this subdi-
    5  vision  shall  be  increased to reflect any increases in federal supple-
    6  mental security income benefits for individuals or couples which  become
    7  effective  on or after January first, two thousand [twelve] THIRTEEN but
    8  prior to June thirtieth, two thousand [twelve] THIRTEEN.
    9    S 3. This act shall take effect July 1, 2012.
   10                                   PART D
   11    Section 1. Paragraph (a-3) of subdivision 2 of section  131-a  of  the
   12  social  services law, as amended by section 2 of part U of chapter 58 of
   13  the laws of 2011, is amended and a new paragraph (a-4) is added to  read
   14  as follows:
   15    (a-3)  For  the  period  beginning July first, two thousand twelve and
   16  [thereafter] ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN, the following
   17  schedule shall be the standard of monthly need for determining eligibil-
   18  ity for all categories of assistance  in  and  by  all  social  services
   19  districts:
   20                       Number of Persons in Household
   21      One         Two         Three       Four        Five        Six
   22      [$158]      [$252]      [$335]      [$432]      [$533]      [$616]
   23      $150        $239        $317        $409        $505        $583
   24    For  each  additional  person in the household there shall be added an
   25  additional amount of [eighty-four] EIGHTY dollars monthly.
   26    (A-4) FOR THE PERIOD BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  AND
   27  THEREAFTER,  THE  FOLLOWING  SHALL  BE  THE STANDARD OF MONTHLY NEED FOR
   28  DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR ALL CATEGORIES OF ASSISTANCE IN AND  BY  ALL
   29  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS:
   30                       NUMBER OF PERSONS IN HOUSEHOLD
   31      ONE         TWO         THREE       FOUR        FIVE        SIX
   32      $158        $252        $336        $433        $534        $617
   33    FOR  EACH  ADDITIONAL  PERSON IN THE HOUSEHOLD THERE SHALL BE ADDED AN
   34  ADDITIONAL AMOUNT OF EIGHTY-FIVE DOLLARS MONTHLY.
   35    S 2. Paragraph (a-3) of subdivision 3 of section 131-a of  the  social
   36  services  law,  as  amended  by section 4 of part U of chapter 58 of the
   37  laws of 2011, is amended and a new paragraph (a-4) is added to  read  as
   38  follows:
   39    (a-3)  For  the  period  beginning July first, two thousand twelve and
   40  [thereafter] ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN,  persons  and
   41  families determined to be eligible by the application of the standard of
   42  need  prescribed  by  the provisions of subdivision two of this section,
   43  less any available income or resources which  are  not  required  to  be
   44  disregarded  by  other provisions of this chapter, shall receive maximum
   45  monthly grants and allowances  in  all  social  services  districts,  in
   46  accordance with the following schedule, for public assistance:
   47                       Number of Persons in Household
   48      One         Two         Three       Four        Five        Six
   49      [$158]      [$252]      [$335]      [$432]      [$533]      [$616]
   50      $150        $239        $317        $409        $505        $583
   51    For  each  additional  person in the household there shall be added an
   52  additional amount of [eighty-four] EIGHTY dollars monthly.
   53    (A-4) FOR THE PERIOD BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  AND
   54  THEREAFTER, PERSONS AND FAMILIES DETERMINED TO BE ELIGIBLE BY THE APPLI-
       S. 6257--B                         46                         A. 9057--B
    1  CATION  OF THE STANDARD OF NEED PRESCRIBED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVI-
    2  SION TWO OF THIS SECTION, LESS ANY AVAILABLE INCOME OR  RESOURCES  WHICH
    3  ARE  NOT REQUIRED TO BE DISREGARDED BY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER,
    4  SHALL  RECEIVE  MAXIMUM  MONTHLY  GRANTS  AND  ALLOWANCES  IN ALL SOCIAL
    5  SERVICES DISTRICTS, IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  FOLLOWING  SCHEDULE,  FOR
    6  PUBLIC ASSISTANCE:
    7                       NUMBER OF PERSONS IN HOUSEHOLD
    8      ONE         TWO         THREE       FOUR        FIVE        SIX
    9      $158        $252        $336        $433        $534        $617
   10    FOR  EACH  ADDITIONAL  PERSON IN THE HOUSEHOLD THERE SHALL BE ADDED AN
   11  ADDITIONAL AMOUNT OF EIGHTY-FIVE DOLLARS MONTHLY.
   12    S 3. This act shall take effect immediately and  shall  be  deemed  to
   13  have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2012.
   14                                   PART E
   15    Section  1. Paragraph (f) of subdivision 3 of section 22 of the social
   16  services law, as relettered by chapter 611  of  the  laws  of  1979,  is
   17  relettered  paragraph  (g)  and  a new paragraph (f) is added to read as
   18  follows:
   19    (F) UNLESS AN AGREEMENT IS IN EFFECT  FOR  FEDERAL  ADMINISTRATION  OF
   20  ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED ELEVEN OF THIS
   21  CHAPTER,  APPLICANTS  FOR AND RECIPIENTS OF ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS AS
   22  DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION TWO HUNDRED EIGHT OF THIS CHAPTER;
   23  AND
   24    S 2. Subdivision 2 of section 208 of the social services law, as added
   25  by chapter 1080 of the laws of 1974, is amended to read as follows:
   26    2. "Additional state payments" shall mean payments made to aged, blind
   27  and disabled persons who are receiving,  or  who  would  but  for  their
   28  income  be  eligible  to  receive,  federal supplemental security income
   29  benefits, whether made by [social  services  districts]  THE  OFFICE  OF
   30  TEMPORARY AND DISABILITY ASSISTANCE in accordance with the provisions of
   31  this title and with title sixteen of the federal social security act, or
   32  by  the  [secretary]  COMMISSIONER of the [federal department of health,
   33  education and welfare] UNITED  STATES  SOCIAL  SECURITY  ADMINISTRATION,
   34  pursuant  to  and in accordance with the provisions of this title, title
   35  sixteen of the federal social security act, and provisions of any agree-
   36  ment entered into between the state and such [secretary] COMMISSIONER by
   37  which the [secretary] COMMISSIONER agrees to administer such  additional
   38  state  payments  on behalf of the state.  SUCH PAYMENTS ARE EQUAL TO THE
   39  STANDARD OF NEED, LESS THE GREATER OF THE FEDERAL BENEFIT RATE OR COUNT-
   40  ABLE INCOME. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS  TITLE,  THE  "FEDERAL  BENEFIT  RATE"
   41  SHALL  MEAN  THE MAXIMUM PAYMENT OF SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME PAYABLE
   42  TO A PERSON OR COUPLE WITH NO COUNTABLE INCOME.
   43    S 3. Section 208 of the social services law is amended by adding a new
   44  subdivision 12 to read as follows:
   45    12. THE TERM "STANDARD OF NEED" SHALL  REFER  SOLELY  TO  THE  MAXIMUM
   46  LEVEL  OF  INCOME  A  PERSON  OR COUPLE MAY HAVE AND REMAIN ELIGIBLE FOR
   47  ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS UNDER THIS TITLE. THE TERM APPLIES  SOLELY  TO
   48  THE  PROGRAM  OF ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS AND HAS NO APPLICATION TO ANY
   49  OTHER PROGRAM OR BENEFIT.
   50    S 4. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 1  of  section  209  of  the  social
   51  services  law, as added by chapter 1080 of the laws of 1974 and subpara-
   52  graph (iv) as amended by chapter 214 of the laws of 1998, is amended  to
   53  read as follows:
       S. 6257--B                         47                         A. 9057--B
    1    (a) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY LAW TO THE CONTRARY, NO PERSON SHALL BE ELIGI-
    2  BLE FOR ANY PAYMENT PURSUANT TO THIS TITLE WHO IS INELIGIBLE FOR SUPPLE-
    3  MENTAL SECURITY INCOME FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN HAVING COUNTABLE INCOME
    4  EXCEEDING THE FEDERAL BENEFIT RATE FOR SUCH PROGRAM. An individual shall
    5  be  eligible  to  receive  additional  state  payments  if he OR SHE HAS
    6  APPLIED FOR SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME BENEFITS, HAS RECEIVED A DETER-
    7  MINATION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH APPLICATION AND:
    8    (i) is over sixty-five years of age, or is blind or disabled; and
    9    (ii) does not have countable income in an amount equal to  or  greater
   10  than  the  standard  of  need  established  in  subdivision  two of this
   11  section; and
   12    (iii) does not have countable resources  in  an  amount  equal  to  or
   13  greater  than  the  amount of resources an individual or couple may have
   14  and remain eligible for supplemental security income  benefits  pursuant
   15  to federal law and regulations of the department; and
   16    (iv)  is a resident of the state and is either a citizen of the United
   17  States or is not an alien who is or  would  be  ineligible  for  federal
   18  supplemental security income benefits solely by reason of alien status.
   19    S  5.  Subdivision  1  of  section  212  of the social services law is
   20  REPEALED and a new subdivision 1 is added to read as follows:
   21    1. IF THERE IS NO AGREEMENT IN EFFECT FOR  FEDERAL  ADMINISTRATION  OF
   22  ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED ELEVEN OF THIS
   23  TITLE,  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF  TEMPORARY AND DISABILITY
   24  ASSISTANCE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUCH PAYMENTS TO  ELIGIBLE
   25  RESIDENTS OF THE STATE AS REQUIRED BY THIS TITLE AND SHALL:
   26    (A)  ACCEPT  AND PROCESS APPLICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL STATE PAYMENTS TO
   27  BE MADE PURSUANT TO THIS TITLE;
   28    (B) DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY FOR  AND  THE  AMOUNT  OF  ADDITIONAL  STATE
   29  PAYMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS TITLE;
   30    (C)  REDETERMINE  ELIGIBILITY  PERIODICALLY AS THE OFFICE MAY REQUIRE;
   31  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY  SUCH  REDETERMINATIONS  SHALL  BE  NO  MORE
   32  FREQUENT  THAN  PROVIDED  BY  THE  APPLICABLE  REGULATIONS OF THE UNITED
   33  STATES SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION; AND
   34    (D) TAKE ALL OTHER ACTIONS NECESSARY TO EFFECTUATE THE  PROVISIONS  OF
   35  THIS TITLE.
   36    S  6.  Subparagraph 2 of paragraph (a) of subdivision 1 of section 366
   37  of the social services law, as added by chapter  1080  of  the  laws  of
   38  1974, is amended to read as follows:
   39    (2)  is receiving or is eligible to receive federal supplemental secu-
   40  rity income payments and/or additional state payments[, so long as there
   41  is in effect an agreement between the state and the secretary of health,
   42  education and welfare, pursuant to section three  hundred  sixty-three-b
   43  of  this  title,  for  the federal determination of eligibility of aged,
   44  blind and disabled persons for medical assistance, and so long  as  such
   45  secretary requires, as a condition of entering into such agreement, that
   46  such person be eligible for medical assistance] PURSUANT TO TITLE SIX OF
   47  THIS  ARTICLE;  ANY  INCONSISTENT PROVISION OF THIS CHAPTER OR OTHER LAW
   48  NOTWITHSTANDING, THE DEPARTMENT MAY DESIGNATE THE  OFFICE  OF  TEMPORARY
   49  AND  DISABILITY ASSISTANCE AS ITS AGENT TO DISCHARGE ITS RESPONSIBILITY,
   50  OR SO MUCH OF ITS RESPONSIBILITY AS IS PERMITTED  BY  FEDERAL  LAW,  FOR
   51  DETERMINING  ELIGIBILITY  FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE WITH RESPECT TO PERSONS
   52  WHO ARE NOT ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE  FEDERAL  SUPPLEMENTAL  SECURITY  INCOME
   53  PAYMENTS  BUT  WHO  ARE  RECEIVING  A  STATE  ADMINISTERED SUPPLEMENTARY
   54  PAYMENT  OR  MANDATORY  MINIMUM  SUPPLEMENT  IN  ACCORDANCE   WITH   THE
   55  PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SECTION TWO HUNDRED TWELVE OF THIS
   56  ARTICLE; or
       S. 6257--B                         48                         A. 9057--B
    1    S 7. This act shall take effect immediately.
    2                                   PART F
    3    Section  1.  Section  28  of part C of chapter 83 of the laws of 2002,
    4  amending the executive law and other laws relating to funding for  chil-
    5  dren  and  family services, as amended by section 1 of part Q of chapter
    6  57 of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
    7    S 28. This act shall take effect immediately; provided  that  sections
    8  nine  through eighteen and twenty through twenty-seven of this act shall
    9  be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and  after  April  1,
   10  2002; provided, however, that section fifteen of this act shall apply to
   11  claims that are otherwise reimbursable by the state on or after April 1,
   12  2002  except as provided in subdivision 9 of section 153-k of the social
   13  services law as added by section fifteen of this act;  provided  further
   14  however, that nothing in this act shall authorize the office of children
   15  and  family  services  to  deny state reimbursement to a social services
   16  district for violations of the provisions of section 153-d of the social
   17  services law for services provided from January 1,  1994  through  March
   18  31,  2002;  provided that section nineteen of this act shall take effect
   19  September 13, 2002 AND SHALL EXPIRE AND  BE  DEEMED  REPEALED  JUNE  30,
   20  2012;  and,  provided  further, however, that notwithstanding any law to
   21  the contrary, the office of children and family services shall have  the
   22  authority  to  promulgate,  on  an  emergency basis, any rules and regu-
   23  lations necessary to implement the requirements established pursuant  to
   24  this  act;  provided further, however, that the regulations to be devel-
   25  oped pursuant to section one of this act shall not be adopted  by  emer-
   26  gency  rule;  and  provided further that the provisions of sections nine
   27  THROUGH EIGHTEEN AND TWENTY  through  twenty-seven  of  this  act  shall
   28  expire and be deemed repealed on June 30, [2012] 2017.
   29    S  2.    Paragraph (a) of subdivision 1 of section 153-k of the social
   30  services law, as added by section 15 of part C of chapter 83 of the laws
   31  of 2002, is amended to read as follows:
   32    (a) Expenditures made by social services districts for  child  protec-
   33  tive  services, preventive services provided, as applicable, to eligible
   34  children and families of children who are in  and  out  of  foster  care
   35  placement, independent living services, aftercare services, and adoption
   36  administration  and  services  other  than  adoption  subsidies provided
   37  pursuant to article six of this  chapter  and  the  regulations  of  the
   38  department  of  family  assistance  shall,  if approved by the office of
   39  children and family  services,  be  subject  to  [sixty-five]  SIXTY-TWO
   40  percent  state  reimbursement exclusive of any federal funds made avail-
   41  able for such purposes, in accordance with the directives of the depart-
   42  ment of family assistance and subject to the approval of the director of
   43  the budget.
   44    S 3. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 of section  153-k  of  the  social
   45  services law, as added by section 15 of part C of chapter 83 of the laws
   46  of 2002, is amended to read as follows:
   47    (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter or of any other law
   48  to the contrary, eligible expenditures by a social services district for
   49  foster  care  services  AND  KINSHIP  GUARDIANSHIP  ASSISTANCE  shall be
   50  subject to reimbursement with state funds only to the extent  of  annual
   51  appropriations  to  the  state foster care block grant. Such foster care
   52  services shall include expenditures for the provision and administration
   53  of: care, maintenance, supervision and tuition;  supervision  of  foster
   54  children  placed in federally funded job corps programs; and care, main-
       S. 6257--B                         49                         A. 9057--B
    1  tenance, supervision and tuition for  adjudicated  juvenile  delinquents
    2  and  persons in need of supervision placed in residential programs oper-
    3  ated by authorized agencies and in  out-of-state  residential  programs.
    4  SUCH  KINSHIP GUARDIANSHIP ASSISTANCE SHALL INCLUDE EXPENDITURES FOR THE
    5  PROVISION AND ADMINISTRATION OF KINSHIP GUARDIANSHIP ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS
    6  AND NON-RECURRING GUARDIANSHIP EXPENSES MADE PURSUANT TO  TITLE  TEN  OF
    7  ARTICLE  SIX OF THIS CHAPTER. Social services districts must develop and
    8  implement  children  and  family  services  delivery  systems  that  are
    9  designed to reduce the need for and the length of foster care placements
   10  and  must document their efforts in the multi-year consolidated services
   11  plan and the annual implementation reports submitted pursuant to section
   12  thirty-four-a of this chapter.
   13    S 4. Subdivision 1 of section 456  of  the  social  services  law,  as
   14  amended  by  chapter  601  of  the  laws  of 1994, is amended to read as
   15  follows:
   16    1.  Payments  made  by  social  services  officials  pursuant  to  the
   17  provisions  of  this  title  shall,  if  approved  by the department, be
   18  subject to reimbursement by the state,  in  accordance  with  the  regu-
   19  lations  of  the  department  as  follows:   there shall be paid to each
   20  social services district (a) the amount of federal funds, if any,  prop-
   21  erly  received  or  to  be received on account of such payments; and (b)
   22  except as set forth below, [seventy-five] SIXTY-TWO per centum  of  such
   23  payments  after  first  deducting  therefrom  any federal funds properly
   24  received or to be received on account thereof; provided,  however,  that
   25  when  payments  under section four hundred fifty-three of this title are
   26  made to a person or persons residing in a social services district whose
   27  board rate exceeds that of  the  district  making  such  payments,  that
   28  portion  of  the  payments  which exceeds the board rate of the district
   29  making the payments shall be subject to reimbursement by  the  state  in
   30  the amount of one hundred per centum thereof, (c) one hundred per centum
   31  of such payments after first deducting therefrom any federal funds prop-
   32  erly to be received on account of such payments, for children placed out
   33  for  adoption  by  a  voluntary  authorized agency or for children being
   34  adopted after being placed out for adoption by  a  voluntary  authorized
   35  agency  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of this title, or (d) one
   36  hundred per centum of such payments after first deducting therefrom  any
   37  federal  funds  properly to be received on account of such payments, for
   38  children placed out for adoption or being adopted after being placed out
   39  for adoption by an Indian tribe as referenced in  subdivision  seven  of
   40  section four hundred fifty-one of this title.
   41    S  5.  This  act  shall take effect immediately and shall be deemed to
   42  have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2012; provided,
   43  however, that the amendments to paragraph (a) of subdivision 1 and para-
   44  graph (a) of subdivision 2 of section 153-k of the social  services  law
   45  made  by  sections two and three of this act shall not affect the repeal
   46  of such section and shall be deemed repealed therewith.
   47                                   PART G
   48    Section 1. This part enacts into law major components  of  legislation
   49  which  are  necessary for establishing a juvenile justice services close
   50  to home initiative. Each component is wholly contained within a  subpart
   51  identified  as subparts A through B. The effective date for each partic-
   52  ular provision contained within such subpart is set forth  in  the  last
   53  section of such subpart. Any provision in any section contained within a
   54  subpart, including the effective date of the subpart, which makes refer-
       S. 6257--B                         50                         A. 9057--B
    1  ence  to  a  section  "of  this  act", when used in connection with that
    2  particular component, shall be deemed to mean and refer  to  the  corre-
    3  sponding  section  of the subpart in which it is found.  Section four of
    4  this part sets forth the general effective date of this act.
    5    S 2. Legislative intent. In order to provide a juvenile justice system
    6  that ensures public safety and improves short and long term outcomes for
    7  youth  and  their  families,  it  is  the  intent of this legislation to
    8  authorize the city of New York to provide juvenile justice  services  to
    9  all  adjudicated  juvenile  delinquents  who reside in the city, and are
   10  determined by the family court to need placement other than in a  secure
   11  facility. This legislation aims to transform the juvenile justice system
   12  by  authorizing  the city to develop a system for its youth that strives
   13  to:
   14    a) provide an effective continuum of diversion, supervision, treatment
   15  and confinement, ensuring that the least restrictive,  most  appropriate
   16  level  of care is provided for all youth, consistent with public safety,
   17  keeping youth close to home, minimizing the dislocation  of  youth  from
   18  their families and building on positive connections between young people
   19  and their communities;
   20    b)  provide  accountability of the system and organizations within the
   21  system, ensuring that both internal and external  mechanisms  for  over-
   22  sight of the system are maintained;
   23    c) be data-driven, ensuring that objective instruments are employed at
   24  all key decision making stages and that system actors readily and trans-
   25  parently share information to inform ongoing changes in policy and prac-
   26  tice;
   27    d)  promote  family  and community involvement, ensuring that positive
   28  family and community supports are actively engaged;
   29    e) be based on evidence-informed practices, ensuring that programs and
   30  services provided are shown to have worked  in  improving  outcomes  for
   31  youth,  maintaining  public  safety and reducing unnecessary confinement
   32  and recidivism and unwarranted racial/ethnic disparities; and
   33    f) provide  effective  reintegration  services,  ensuring  that  youth
   34  remain connected to appropriate educational services and positive behav-
   35  ioral  supports and/or treatment modalities upon transitioning home from
   36  placement.
   37                                  SUBPART A
   38    Section 1. The social services law is amended by adding a new  section
   39  404 to read as follows:
   40    S  404.  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SERVICES  CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE.   1. A
   41  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION IN  EXCESS  OF  ONE
   42  MILLION  MAY  IMPLEMENT  A  CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE TO PROVIDE JUVENILE
   43  JUSTICE SERVICES TO ALL ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS DETERMINED BY A
   44  FAMILY COURT IN SUCH DISTRICT AS  NEEDING  PLACEMENT  OTHER  THAN  IN  A
   45  SECURE  FACILITY AND TO ENTER INTO CONTRACTS WITH ANY AUTHORIZED AGENCY,
   46  AS DEFINED BY SECTION THREE HUNDRED  SEVENTY-ONE  OF  THIS  CHAPTER,  TO
   47  OPERATE AND MAINTAIN NON-SECURE AND LIMITED SECURE FACILITIES.
   48    2.  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT SHALL OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE
   49  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES AND THE STATE DIVISION OF  BUDGET
   50  OF  ITS  PLAN  FOR  ESTABLISHING  AND IMPLEMENTING SUCH AN INITIATIVE IN
   51  ACCORDANCE WITH GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED AND IN THE FORMAT, AND  INCLUDING
   52  THE INFORMATION REQUIRED, BY SUCH OFFICE. SUCH DISTRICT MAY SUBMIT SEPA-
   53  RATE  PLANS FOR HOW THE DISTRICT WILL IMPLEMENT INITIATIVES FOR JUVENILE
       S. 6257--B                         51                         A. 9057--B
    1  DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  NON-SECURE  SETTINGS  AND  IN  LIMITED   SECURE
    2  SETTINGS. ANY SUCH PLAN SHALL SPECIFY, IN DETAIL, AS APPLICABLE:
    3    (A)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT WILL PROVIDE A CONTINUUM OF EVIDENCE INFORMED,
    4  HIGH-QUALITY  COMMUNITY-BASED  AND  RESIDENTIAL  PROGRAMMING  THAT  WILL
    5  PROTECT  COMMUNITY  SAFETY  AND  PROVIDE  APPROPRIATE SERVICES TO YOUTH,
    6  INCLUDING THE OPERATION OF NON-SECURE AND LIMITED SECURE FACILITIES,  IN
    7  SUFFICIENT  CAPACITY AND IN A MANNER DESIGNED TO MEET THE NEEDS OF JUVE-
    8  NILE DELINQUENTS CARED FOR UNDER THE INITIATIVE. SUCH PROGRAMMING  SHALL
    9  BE  BASED ON AN ANALYSIS OF RECENT PLACEMENT TRENDS OF YOUTH FROM WITHIN
   10  SUCH DISTRICT, INCLUDING THE NUMBER OF YOUTH WHO HAVE BEEN PLACED IN THE
   11  CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR  PLACEMENT  IN
   12  OTHER THAN A SECURE FACILITY;
   13    (B)  THE ANTICIPATED START-UP AND ON-GOING SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE
   14  COSTS OF THE INITIATIVE;
   15    (C) THE READINESS OF THE DISTRICT TO ESTABLISH THE INITIATIVE AND  THE
   16  AVAILABILITY OF ALL NEEDED RESOURCES, INCLUDING THE LOCATION OF SERVICES
   17  AND  AVAILABILITY  OF  THE  PROVIDERS  THAT  WILL  PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY
   18  SERVICES UNDER THE INITIATIVE INCLUDING, BUT NOT  LIMITED  TO,  RESIDEN-
   19  TIAL,  NON-RESIDENTIAL,  EDUCATIONAL,  MEDICAL,  SUBSTANCE ABUSE, MENTAL
   20  HEALTH AND AFTER CARE SERVICES AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION;
   21    (D) THE PROPOSED EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN AND DOCUMENTATION  OF  THE
   22  DISTRICT'S  READINESS TO BEGIN ACCEPTING AND APPROPRIATELY SERVING JUVE-
   23  NILE DELINQUENTS UNDER THE PLAN;
   24    (E) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL PROVIDE NECESSARY AND  APPROPRIATE  STAFFING
   25  TO IMPLEMENT THE INITIATIVE;
   26    (F)  HOW THE DISTRICT WILL MONITOR THE QUALITY OF SERVICES PROVIDED TO
   27  YOUTH, INCLUDING HOW THE DISTRICT WILL PROVIDE CASE MANAGEMENT SERVICES;
   28    (G) HOW, THROUGHOUT THE INITIATIVE, THE DISTRICT WILL SEEK AND RECEIVE
   29  ON-GOING COMMUNITY AND STAKEHOLDER INPUT RELATING TO THE  IMPLEMENTATION
   30  AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE INITIATIVE;
   31    (H)  HOW THE DISTRICT WILL ENSURE THAT ALL STAFF WORKING DIRECTLY WITH
   32  YOUTH SERVED UNDER THE INITIATIVE HAVE RECEIVED NECESSARY AND  APPROPRI-
   33  ATE TRAINING;
   34    (I)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT  WILL  MONITOR THE USE OF RESTRAINTS ON YOUTH,
   35  INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE USE OF MECHANICAL RESTRAINTS;
   36    (J) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS AND  POLICIES
   37  TO  ENSURE  PROGRAM  SAFETY  AND THAT YOUTH RECEIVE APPROPRIATE SERVICES
   38  BASED ON THEIR NEEDS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EDUCATIONAL, BEHAV-
   39  IORAL, MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE  SERVICES  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH
   40  INDIVIDUALIZED TREATMENT PLANS DEVELOPED FOR EACH YOUTH;
   41    (K)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT  WILL  DEVELOP  AND  IMPLEMENT GENDER SPECIFIC
   42  PROGRAMMING AND POLICIES TO MEET THE SPECIALIZED NEEDS OF LESBIAN,  GAY,
   43  BISEXUAL OR TRANSGENDER YOUTH;
   44    (L)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT PROGRAMMING THAT IS
   45  CULTURALLY COMPETENT TO MEET THE DIVERSE NEEDS OF THE YOUTH;
   46    (M) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT  LOCAL  PROGRAMS  THAT
   47  WILL  SEEK TO REDUCE THE DISPROPORTIONATE PLACEMENT OF MINORITY YOUTH IN
   48  RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS IN THE JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM;
   49    (N) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO  REDUCE  THE
   50  NUMBER OF YOUTH ABSENT WITHOUT LEAVE FROM PLACEMENT;
   51    (O)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT  WILL  DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT POLICIES TO SERVE
   52  YOUTH IN THE LEAST RESTRICTIVE SETTING  CONSISTENT  WITH  THE  NEEDS  OF
   53  YOUTH AND PUBLIC SAFETY, AND TO AVOID MODIFICATIONS OF PLACEMENTS TO THE
   54  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES;
   55    (P)  HOW THE DISTRICT WILL ENGAGE IN PERMANENCY AND DISCHARGE PLANNING
   56  FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN ITS CUSTODY;
       S. 6257--B                         52                         A. 9057--B
    1    (Q) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COMPREHENSIVE  AFTER
    2  CARE  PROGRAM TO PROVIDE SERVICES AND SUPPORTS FOR YOUTH WHO HAVE RE-EN-
    3  TERED THE COMMUNITY FOLLOWING A  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  PLACEMENT  WITH  THE
    4  DISTRICT;
    5    (R)  HOW  THE  DISTRICT WILL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT POLICIES FOCUSED ON
    6  REDUCING RECIDIVISM OF YOUTH WHO LEAVE THE PROGRAM;
    7    (S) HOW THE LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENT WILL IMPLEMENT A  COMPREHENSIVE
    8  PREDISPOSITION INVESTIGATION PROCESS THAT INCLUDES, AT LEAST, THE USE OF
    9  APPROPRIATE      ASSESSMENTS     TO     DETERMINE     THE     COGNITIVE,
   10  EDUCATIONAL/VOCATIONAL, AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE NEEDS OF THE YOUTH  AND  THE
   11  USE OF A VALIDATED RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT, APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF
   12  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES;  AND HOW THE DISTRICT WILL IMPLEMENT AN
   13  INTAKE PROCESS FOR YOUTH PLACED IN RESIDENTIAL CARE  THAT  INCLUDES  THE
   14  USE  OF APPROPRIATE ASSESSMENTS TO DETERMINE THE MEDICAL, DENTAL, MENTAL
   15  AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH NEEDS OF THE YOUTH; AND
   16    (T) HOW THE DISTRICT WILL PROVIDE  FOR  THE  RESTRICTIVE  SETTING  AND
   17  PROGRAMS NECESSARY TO SERVE YOUTH WHO NEED PLACEMENT IN A LIMITED SECURE
   18  SETTING  CONSISTENT  WITH THE NECESSITY FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE HEALTH
   19  OR SAFETY OF THE JUVENILE DELINQUENTS IN THE FACILITY OR THE SURROUNDING
   20  COMMUNITY.
   21    3. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING ANY PLAN PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION  TWO  OF  THIS
   22  SECTION,  THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT SHALL CONDUCT AT LEAST ONE PUBLIC
   23  HEARING ON THE PROPOSED PLAN. ANY SUCH PUBLIC  HEARINGS  SHALL  ONLY  BE
   24  HELD AFTER THIRTY DAYS NOTICE HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN A NEWSPAPER OF GENER-
   25  AL  CIRCULATION  WITHIN  THE  JURISDICTION FOR WHICH THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   26  DISTRICT IS LOCATED. THE NOTICE SHALL SPECIFY THE TIMES  OF  THE  PUBLIC
   27  HEARING  AND  PROVIDE INFORMATION ON HOW WRITTEN COMMENT ON THE PLAN MAY
   28  BE SUBMITTED TO THE DISTRICT FOR CONSIDERATION.    ADDITIONALLY,  FOR  A
   29  PERIOD  OF  AT  LEAST THIRTY DAYS PRIOR TO A HEARING, THE DISTRICT SHALL
   30  POST ON ITS WEBSITE A NOTICE OF THE HEARING,  A  COPY  OF  THE  PROPOSED
   31  PLAN, AND INFORMATION ON HOW WRITTEN COMMENTS ON THE PLAN MAY BE SUBMIT-
   32  TED TO THE DISTRICT FOR CONSIDERATION.
   33    4.  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT SHALL SUBMIT, WITH SUCH A PLAN, AN
   34  ASSESSMENT OF ANY WRITTEN COMMENTS RECEIVED, AND ANY COMMENTS  PRESENTED
   35  AT THE PUBLIC HEARING. AT A MINIMUM, SUCH ASSESSMENT SHALL CONTAIN:
   36    (A) A SUMMARY AND ANALYSIS OF THE ISSUES RAISED AND SIGNIFICANT ALTER-
   37  NATIVES SUGGESTED;
   38    (B)  A  STATEMENT OF THE REASONS WHY ANY SIGNIFICANT ALTERNATIVES WERE
   39  NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE PLAN; AND
   40    (C) A DESCRIPTION OF ANY CHANGES MADE TO THE PLAN AS A RESULT OF  SUCH
   41  COMMENTS.
   42    5.  THE  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES AND THE STATE DIVISION
   43  OF BUDGET, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE OFFICE OF MENTAL  HEALTH,  SHALL  BE
   44  AUTHORIZED TO REQUEST AMENDMENTS TO ANY PLAN PRIOR TO APPROVAL.  FOR ANY
   45  PLAN   THAT  ONLY  COVERS  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  NON-SECURE
   46  SETTINGS, THE OFFICE AND THE  DIVISION  SHALL,  WITHIN  THIRTY  DAYS  OF
   47  RECEIVING  THE  PLAN,  EITHER  APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE PLAN OR REQUEST
   48  AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN. IF ANY AMENDMENTS ARE REQUESTED TO THE PLAN, THE
   49  OFFICE AND THE DIVISION SHALL APPROVE  OR  DISAPPROVE  THE  PLAN  WITHIN
   50  FIFTEEN  DAYS OF ITS RESUBMISSION WITH THE REQUESTED AMENDMENTS. FOR ANY
   51  PLAN THAT COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS,
   52  THE OFFICE AND THE DIVISION SHALL, WITHIN SIXTY DAYS  OF  RECEIVING  THE
   53  PLAN, EITHER APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE PLAN OR REQUEST AMENDMENTS TO THE
   54  PLAN.  IF  ANY  AMENDMENTS ARE REQUESTED TO THE PLAN, THE OFFICE AND THE
   55  DIVISION SHALL APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE PLAN WITHIN FIFTEEN DAYS OF ITS
   56  RESUBMISSION WITH THE REQUESTED AMENDMENTS.
       S. 6257--B                         53                         A. 9057--B
    1    6. (A) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY,  IF
    2  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES APPROVES A SOCIAL SERVICES
    3  DISTRICT'S PLAN TO IMPLEMENT A JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE  TO  HOME
    4  INITIATIVE  FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE SETTINGS, SUCH
    5  OFFICE  SHALL  WORK WITH SUCH DISTRICT TO IDENTIFY THOSE JUVENILE DELIN-
    6  QUENTS IN THE OFFICE'S CUSTODY RESIDING  IN  NON-SECURE  PLACEMENTS  AND
    7  THOSE CONDITIONALLY RELEASED FROM A FACILITY WHO WERE PLACED BY A FAMILY
    8  COURT  WITHIN  THE  JURISDICTION  OF  SAID SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT. THE
    9  OFFICE SHALL EVALUATE THE PLACEMENT LENGTH AND THE NEEDS OF  SUCH  JUVE-
   10  NILE  DELINQUENTS  AND,  WHERE  APPROPRIATE, FILE A PETITION PURSUANT TO
   11  SECTION 355.1 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT TO TRANSFER CUSTODY OF SUCH  YOUTH
   12  TO  SAID  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN, OR
   13  AS SOON AS APPROPRIATE THEREAFTER, BUT IN NO  EVENT  LATER  THAN  NINETY
   14  DAYS  AFTER SUCH EFFECTIVE DATE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF THE OFFICE DETER-
   15  MINES, ON A  CASE-BY-CASE  BASIS,  FOR  REASONS  DOCUMENTED  IN  WRITING
   16  SUBMITTED TO THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT, THAT A TRANSFER WITHIN NINETY
   17  DAYS  OF  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  THE PLAN WOULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE
   18  EMOTIONAL, MENTAL OR PHYSICAL HEALTH OF  A  YOUTH,  OR  WOULD  SERIOUSLY
   19  INTERFERE  WITH  THE  YOUTH'S INTERSTATE TRANSFER OR IMMINENT DISCHARGE,
   20  THE OFFICE SHALL PROVIDE AN ESTIMATED TIME BY WHICH THE  OFFICE  EXPECTS
   21  TO BE ABLE TO PETITION FOR THE TRANSFER OF SUCH YOUTH OR TO RELEASE SUCH
   22  YOUTH  FROM ITS CARE, AND SHALL NOTIFY THE DISTRICT OF ANY DELAY OF THAT
   23  EXPECTED DATE AND THE REASONS FOR SUCH A DELAY.
   24    (B) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, IF THE
   25  OFFICE APPROVES A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT'S PLAN TO IMPLEMENT  A  JUVE-
   26  NILE  JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS
   27  PLACED IN LIMITED-SECURE SETTINGS, SUCH  OFFICE  SHALL  WORK  WITH  SUCH
   28  DISTRICT TO IDENTIFY JUVENILE DELINQUENTS IN THE OFFICE'S CUSTODY RESID-
   29  ING  IN  LIMITED  SECURE PLACEMENTS WHO WERE PLACED BY A FAMILY COURT IN
   30  THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT. THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES
   31  SHALL EVALUATE THE PLACEMENT LENGTH AND NEEDS OF  SUCH  JUVENILE  DELIN-
   32  QUENTS AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, FILE A PETITION PURSUANT TO SECTION 355.1
   33  OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT TO TRANSFER CUSTODY OF SUCH YOUTH TO SAID SOCIAL
   34  SERVICES DISTRICT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN OR AS SOON AS APPRO-
   35  PRIATE  THEREAFTER,  BUT  IN  NO EVENT LATER THAN NINETY DAYS AFTER SUCH
   36  EFFECTIVE DATE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF THE OFFICE DETERMINES, ON A  CASE-
   37  BY-CASE BASIS, FOR REASONS DOCUMENTED IN WRITING SUBMITTED TO THE SOCIAL
   38  SERVICES  DISTRICT,  THAT A TRANSFER WITHIN NINETY DAYS OF THE EFFECTIVE
   39  DATE OF THE PLAN WOULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE EMOTIONAL, MENTAL OR  PHYS-
   40  ICAL  HEALTH  OF  A YOUTH, OR WOULD SERIOUSLY INTERFERE WITH THE YOUTH'S
   41  INTERSTATE TRANSFER OR IMMINENT DISCHARGE, THE OFFICE SHALL  PROVIDE  AN
   42  ESTIMATED  TIME  BY  WHICH THE OFFICE EXPECTS TO BE ABLE TO PETITION FOR
   43  THE TRANSFER OF SUCH YOUTH OR TO RELEASE SUCH YOUTH FROM ITS  CARE,  AND
   44  SHALL  NOTIFY  THE  DISTRICT  OF ANY DELAY OF THAT EXPECTED DATE AND THE
   45  REASONS FOR SUCH A DELAY.
   46    7. (A) NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (C) OF  SUBDIVISION
   47  FIFTEEN  OF  SECTION FIVE HUNDRED ONE OF THE EXECUTIVE LAW, OR ANY OTHER
   48  LAW TO THE CONTRARY, IF THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES
   49  APPROVES  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT'S  PLAN  FOR  A JUVENILE JUSTICE
   50  SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE TO  IMPLEMENT  SERVICES  FOR  JUVENILE
   51  DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE OR LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS, SUCH OFFICE
   52  SHALL  BE  AUTHORIZED,  FOR UP TO A YEAR AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY
   53  SUCH PLAN: (1) TO CLOSE ANY  OF  ITS  FACILITIES  IN  THE  CORRESPONDING
   54  SETTING  LEVELS  COVERED  BY  THE  APPROVED PLAN AND TO MAKE SIGNIFICANT
   55  ASSOCIATED SERVICE REDUCTIONS AND PUBLIC  EMPLOYEE  STAFFING  REDUCTIONS
   56  AND  TRANSFER  OPERATIONS  FOR  THOSE  SETTING  LEVELS  TO  A PRIVATE OR
       S. 6257--B                         54                         A. 9057--B
    1  NOT-FOR-PROFIT ENTITY, AS DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF  THE  OFFICE
    2  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES TO BE NECESSARY TO REFLECT THE DECREASE
    3  IN THE NUMBER OF JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED WITH SUCH OFFICE FROM  SUCH
    4  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT;  (2)  TO REDUCE COSTS TO THE STATE AND OTHER
    5  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS RESULTING  FROM  SUCH  DECREASE;  AND  (3)  TO
    6  ADJUST SERVICES TO PROVIDE REGIONALLY-BASED CARE TO JUVENILE DELINQUENTS
    7  FROM  OTHER PARTS OF THE STATE NEEDING SERVICES IN THOSE LEVELS OF RESI-
    8  DENTIAL SERVICES. AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS PRIOR TO TAKING ANY  SUCH  ACTION,
    9  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE OFFICE SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE OF SUCH ACTION TO
   10  THE SPEAKER OF THE ASSEMBLY AND THE TEMPORARY PRESIDENT  OF  THE  SENATE
   11  AND  SHALL  POST SUCH NOTICE UPON ITS PUBLIC WEBSITE. SUCH NOTICE MAY BE
   12  PROVIDED AT ANY TIME ON OR AFTER THE DATE THE  OFFICE  APPROVES  A  PLAN
   13  AUTHORIZING  A  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FOR JUVE-
   14  NILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN THE APPLICABLE SETTING  LEVEL.  SUCH  COMMIS-
   15  SIONER  SHALL  BE  AUTHORIZED TO CONDUCT ANY AND ALL PREPARATORY ACTIONS
   16  WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO EFFECTUATE SUCH CLOSURES OR SIGNIFICANT SERVICE
   17  OR STAFFING REDUCTIONS AND TRANSFER OF OPERATIONS DURING SUCH SIXTY  DAY
   18  PERIOD.
   19    (B)  ANY  TRANSFERS OF CAPACITY OR ANY RESULTING TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
   20  SHALL BE AUTHORIZED TO BE MADE BY THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF
   21  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  AND ANY TRANSFER OF PERSONNEL UPON SUCH
   22  TRANSFER OF CAPACITY OR TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS SHALL BE  ACCOMPLISHED  IN
   23  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION SEVENTY OF THE CIVIL SERVICE
   24  LAW.
   25    8. (A) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF  LAW  TO  THE  CONTRARY,
   26  ELIGIBLE  EXPENDITURES  DURING  THE  APPLICABLE  TIME  PERIODS MADE BY A
   27  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE
   28  TO HOME INITIATIVE SHALL,  IF  APPROVED  BY  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  FAMILY
   29  ASSISTANCE,  BE SUBJECT TO REIMBURSEMENT WITH STATE FUNDS ONLY UP TO THE
   30  EXTENT OF AN ANNUAL  APPROPRIATION  MADE  SPECIFICALLY  THEREFOR,  AFTER
   31  FIRST  DEDUCTING  THEREFROM ANY FEDERAL FUNDS PROPERLY RECEIVED OR TO BE
   32  RECEIVED ON ACCOUNT THEREOF; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  THAT  WHEN  SUCH  FUNDS
   33  HAVE  BEEN  EXHAUSTED,  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  MAY RECEIVE STATE
   34  REIMBURSEMENT FROM OTHER AVAILABLE STATE APPROPRIATIONS FOR  THAT  STATE
   35  FISCAL  YEAR FOR ELIGIBLE EXPENDITURES FOR SERVICES THAT OTHERWISE WOULD
   36  BE REIMBURSABLE UNDER SUCH FUNDING STREAMS. ANY CLAIMS  SUBMITTED  BY  A
   37  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR REIMBURSEMENT FOR A PARTICULAR STATE FISCAL
   38  YEAR  FOR  WHICH  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT DOES NOT RECEIVE STATE
   39  REIMBURSEMENT FROM THE ANNUAL APPROPRIATION FOR THE  APPROVED  CLOSE  TO
   40  HOME INITIATIVE MAY NOT BE CLAIMED AGAINST THAT DISTRICT'S APPROPRIATION
   41  FOR THE INITIATIVE FOR THE NEXT OR ANY SUBSEQUENT STATE FISCAL YEAR.
   42    (I)  STATE  FUNDING  FOR  REIMBURSEMENT SHALL BE, SUBJECT TO APPROPRI-
   43  ATION,  IN  THE  FOLLOWING  AMOUNTS:  FOR  STATE  FISCAL  YEAR  2013-14,
   44  $35,200,000  ADJUSTED BY ANY CHANGES IN SUCH AMOUNT REQUIRED BY SUBPARA-
   45  GRAPHS (II) AND (III) OF THIS PARAGRAPH; FOR STATE FISCAL YEAR  2014-15,
   46  $41,400,000  ADJUSTED  TO  INCLUDE THE AMOUNT OF ANY CHANGES MADE TO THE
   47  STATE FISCAL YEAR 2013-14 APPROPRIATION  UNDER  SUBPARAGRAPHS  (II)  AND
   48  (III)  OF  THIS  PARAGRAPH  PLUS ANY ADDITIONAL CHANGES REQUIRED BY SUCH
   49  SUBPARAGRAPHS; AND, SUCH REIMBURSEMENT SHALL BE,  SUBJECT  TO  APPROPRI-
   50  ATION,  FOR ALL SUBSEQUENT STATE FISCAL YEARS IN THE AMOUNT OF THE PRIOR
   51  YEAR'S ACTUAL APPROPRIATION ADJUSTED BY ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY SUBPARA-
   52  GRAPHS (II) AND (III) OF THIS PARAGRAPH.
   53    (II) THE REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (I)  OF  THIS
   54  PARAGRAPH  SHALL  BE  INCREASED  OR DECREASED BY THE PERCENTAGE THAT THE
   55  AVERAGE OF THE MOST RECENTLY APPROVED MAXIMUM STATE AID RATES FOR  GROUP
   56  RESIDENTIAL  FOSTER CARE PROGRAMS IS HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE AVERAGE OF
       S. 6257--B                         55                         A. 9057--B
    1  THE APPROVED MAXIMUM STATE AID RATES FOR GROUP RESIDENTIAL  FOSTER  CARE
    2  PROGRAMS  IN  EXISTENCE  IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE MOST RECENTLY APPROVED
    3  RATES.
    4    (III)  THE REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS
    5  PARAGRAPH SHALL BE INCREASED IF EITHER THE POPULATION OF  ALLEGED  JUVE-
    6  NILE  DELINQUENTS  WHO RECEIVE A PROBATION INTAKE OR THE NUMBER OF YOUTH
    7  WITH A DISPOSITION FROM THE FAMILY COURT WHO ARE DETERMINED TO  BE  HIGH
    8  RISK,  AS  DEFINED  IN  CLAUSE (A) OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH, INCREASES BY AT
    9  LEAST TEN PERCENT OVER THE RESPECTIVE POPULATION IN THE ANNUAL  BASELINE
   10  YEAR.  THE  BASELINE YEAR SHALL BE THE PERIOD FROM JULY FIRST, TWO THOU-
   11  SAND TEN THROUGH JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN OR THE MOST  RECENT
   12  TWELVE  MONTH  PERIOD  FOR  WHICH  THERE  IS COMPLETE DATA, WHICHEVER IS
   13  LATER.  IN EACH SUCCESSIVE YEAR, THE POPULATION  OF  THE  PREVIOUS  JULY
   14  FIRST  THROUGH  JUNE  THIRTIETH PERIOD SHALL BE COMPARED TO THE BASELINE
   15  YEAR FOR DETERMINING ANY ADJUSTMENTS TO A STATE  FISCAL  YEAR  APPROPRI-
   16  ATION.    WHEN  EITHER  POPULATION INCREASES BY TEN PERCENT OR MORE, THE
   17  REIMBURSEMENT WILL BE ADJUSTED BY A PERCENTAGE EQUAL TO  THE  LARGER  OF
   18  THE  PERCENTAGE  INCREASE  IN EITHER THE NUMBER OF PROBATION INTAKES FOR
   19  ALLEGED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS OR THE NUMBER OF HIGH RISK YOUTH.
   20    (A) FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH, HIGH RISK YOUTH SHALL  MEAN
   21  YOUTH  WHO  ARE CATEGORIZED BY THE NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF PROBATION
   22  STRUCTURED DECISION MAKING GRID (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RISK  ASSESSMENT  TOOL
   23  APPROVED  BY  THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES IN CONSULTATION
   24  WITH THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES) AS EITHER AT  HIGH  RISK
   25  FOR RE-ARREST IN CASES WHERE THE MOST SERIOUS CURRENT ARREST CHARGE IS A
   26  CLASS  I  OR  II OR AT MEDIUM RISK FOR RE-ARREST IN CASES WHERE THE MOST
   27  SERIOUS CURRENT ARREST CHARGE IS A CLASS I.
   28    (B) THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT AND/OR THE NEW YORK  CITY  DEPARTMENT
   29  OF  PROBATION SHALL PROVIDE AN ANNUAL REPORT INCLUDING THE DATA REQUIRED
   30  TO CALCULATE THE POPULATION ADJUSTMENT TO THE NEW YORK  CITY  OFFICE  OF
   31  MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET, THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES AND THE
   32  STATE  DIVISION  OF  THE BUDGET NO LATER THAN THE FIRST DAY OF SEPTEMBER
   33  FOLLOWING THE CLOSE OF THE PREVIOUS JULY FIRST  THROUGH  JUNE  THIRTIETH
   34  PERIOD.
   35    (B)  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  FAMILY  ASSISTANCE  IS  AUTHORIZED,  IN  ITS
   36  DISCRETION, TO MAKE ADVANCES TO A SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  IN  ANTIC-
   37  IPATION OF THE STATE REIMBURSEMENT PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION.
   38    (C)  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  SHALL CONDUCT ELIGIBILITY DETERMI-
   39  NATIONS FOR FEDERAL AND STATE FUNDING AND SUBMIT CLAIMS  FOR  REIMBURSE-
   40  MENT  IN  SUCH FORM AND MANNER AND AT SUCH TIMES AND FOR SUCH PERIODS AS
   41  THE DEPARTMENT OF FAMILY ASSISTANCE SHALL DETERMINE.
   42    (D) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INCONSISTENT PROVISION OF LAW OR REGULATION OF
   43  THE DEPARTMENT OF FAMILY ASSISTANCE, STATE REIMBURSEMENT  SHALL  NOT  BE
   44  MADE FOR ANY EXPENDITURE MADE FOR THE DUPLICATION OF ANY GRANT OR ALLOW-
   45  ANCE FOR ANY PERIOD.
   46    (E)  CLAIMS  SUBMITTED BY A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR REIMBURSEMENT
   47  SHALL BE PAID AFTER DEDUCTING ANY EXPENDITURES DEFRAYED BY  FEES,  THIRD
   48  PARTY  REIMBURSEMENT,  AND  ANY NON-TAX LEVY FUNDS INCLUDING ANY DONATED
   49  FUNDS.
   50    (F) THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL NOT REIMBURSE ANY
   51  CLAIMS FOR EXPENDITURES FOR RESIDENTIAL SERVICES THAT ARE SUBMITTED MORE
   52  THAN TWENTY-TWO MONTHS AFTER THE CALENDAR QUARTER IN WHICH THE  EXPENDI-
   53  TURES WERE MADE.
   54    (G) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, THE STATE SHALL NOT BE
   55  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  REIMBURSING  A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT AND A DISTRICT
   56  SHALL NOT SEEK STATE REIMBURSEMENT FOR ANY PORTION OF ANY  STATE  DISAL-
       S. 6257--B                         56                         A. 9057--B
    1  LOWANCE  OR  SANCTION TAKEN AGAINST THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT, OR ANY
    2  FEDERAL DISALLOWANCE ATTRIBUTABLE TO FINAL FEDERAL AGENCY  DECISIONS  OR
    3  TO SETTLEMENTS MADE, WHEN SUCH DISALLOWANCE OR SANCTION RESULTS FROM THE
    4  FAILURE  OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL OR STATE
    5  REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FAILURE TO DOCUMENT  ELIGI-
    6  BILITY FOR THE FEDERAL OR STATE FUNDS IN THE CASE RECORD.  TO THE EXTENT
    7  THAT THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT HAS SUFFICIENT CLAIMS OTHER THAN THOSE
    8  THAT ARE SUBJECT TO DISALLOWANCE OR SANCTION TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL ANNU-
    9  AL  APPROPRIATION,  SUCH  DISALLOWANCE OR SANCTION SHALL NOT RESULT IN A
   10  REDUCTION IN PAYMENT OF STATE FUNDS TO THE DISTRICT UNLESS THE  DISTRICT
   11  REQUESTS  THAT  THE DEPARTMENT USE A PORTION OF THE APPROPRIATION TOWARD
   12  MEETING THE DISTRICT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAY  THE  FEDERAL  GOVERNMENT
   13  FOR THE DISALLOWANCE OR SANCTION AND ANY RELATED INTEREST PAYMENTS.
   14    (H) RATES FOR RESIDENTIAL SERVICES. (I) THE OFFICE SHALL ESTABLISH THE
   15  RATES,  IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION THREE HUNDRED NINETY-EIGHT-A OF THIS
   16  CHAPTER, FOR ANY NON-SECURE FACILITIES  ESTABLISHED  UNDER  AN  APPROVED
   17  JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE. FOR ANY SUCH NON-SE-
   18  CURE  FACILITY  THAT  WILL  BE  USED  PRIMARILY  BY  THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   19  DISTRICT WITH AN APPROVED CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE, FINAL AUTHORITY  FOR
   20  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  SUCH  RATES  AND ANY ADJUSTMENTS THERETO SHALL RESIDE
   21  WITH THE OFFICE, BUT SUCH RATES AND ANY  ADJUSTMENTS  THERETO  SHALL  BE
   22  ESTABLISHED  ONLY  UPON  THE  REQUEST OF, AND IN CONSULTATION WITH, SUCH
   23  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT.
   24    (II) A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT  WITH  AN  APPROVED  JUVENILE  JUSTICE
   25  SERVICES  CLOSE  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN
   26  LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS  SHALL  HAVE  THE  AUTHORITY  TO  ESTABLISH  AND
   27  ADJUST,  ON  AN  ANNUAL  OR REGULAR BASIS, MAINTENANCE RATES FOR LIMITED
   28  SECURE FACILITIES PROVIDING RESIDENTIAL SERVICES UNDER SUCH  INITIATIVE.
   29  SUCH  RATES  SHALL  NOT  BE  SUBJECT  TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION THREE
   30  HUNDRED NINETY-EIGHT-A OF THIS CHAPTER BUT SHALL BE SUBJECT  TO  MAXIMUM
   31  COST LIMITS ESTABLISHED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
   32    9.  UPON  APPROVAL OF A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT'S PLAN, THE OFFICE OF
   33  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL NOTIFY THE SUPERVISING  FAMILY  COURT
   34  JUDGE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  FAMILY COURTS SERVING SUCH DISTRICT OF THE
   35  EFFECTIVE DATE AND PLACEMENT SETTINGS COVERED BY THE PLAN.
   36    (A) BEGINNING ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A DISTRICT'S APPROVED PLAN THAT
   37  ONLY COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE SETTINGS, A FAMILY
   38  COURT JUDGE SERVING IN A COUNTY WHERE SUCH SOCIAL SERVICES  DISTRICT  IS
   39  LOCATED SHALL ONLY BE AUTHORIZED TO PLACE AN ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELIN-
   40  QUENT  IN  THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
   41  FAMILY SERVICES FOR PLACEMENT IN A SECURE  OR  LIMITED  SECURE  FACILITY
   42  PURSUANT TO SECTION 353.3 OR 353.5 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
   43    (B)  BEGINNING  ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A DISTRICT'S APPROVED PLAN TO
   44  IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  LIMITED  SECURE
   45  SETTINGS,  A  FAMILY  COURT  JUDGE SERVING IN A COUNTY WHERE SUCH SOCIAL
   46  SERVICES DISTRICT IS LOCATED SHALL ONLY BE AUTHORIZED TO PLACE AN  ADJU-
   47  DICATED  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  IN THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE
   48  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR PLACEMENT IN A SECURE FACILI-
   49  TY PURSUANT TO SECTION 353.3 OR 353.5 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
   50    10. IF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT RECEIVES THE NECESSARY APPROVAL TO
   51  IMPLEMENT A CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE, THE DISTRICT SHALL  IMPLEMENT  THE
   52  INITIATIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS AND
   53  REGULATIONS.  IF THE SOCIAL SERVICES  DISTRICT  RECEIVES  THE  NECESSARY
   54  APPROVAL  OF  A  PLAN  FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE
   55  SETTINGS, THE OFFICE SHALL PROMULGATE REGULATIONS GOVERNING  THE  OPERA-
   56  TION  OF  SUCH  LIMITED  SECURE  FACILITIES. IF SUCH REGULATIONS ARE NOT
       S. 6257--B                         57                         A. 9057--B
    1  ADOPTED PRIOR TO THE DATE  THAT  AN  AUTHORIZED  AGENCY  APPLIES  FOR  A
    2  LICENSE TO OPERATE SUCH A FACILITY, THE FACILITY SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE
    3  EXISTING  REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE THAT WOULD APPLY TO THE OPERATION OF
    4  A  FOSTER  CARE  FACILITY  OF THE SAME SIZE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE
    5  OFFICE SHALL BE AUTHORIZED TO GRANT AN EXCEPTION TO THE AUTHORIZED AGEN-
    6  CY, UNTIL SUCH LIMITED SECURE  REGULATIONS  ARE  ADOPTED,  TO  ANY  SUCH
    7  EXISTING  REGULATION THAT THE OFFICE DETERMINES WOULD IMPEDE THE ABILITY
    8  OF THE AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO PROVIDE THE RESTRICTIVE SETTING AND PROGRAMS
    9  NECESSARY TO SERVE YOUTH WHO NEED PLACEMENT IN A LIMITED SECURE  SETTING
   10  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE APPROVED PLAN. ANY LIMITED SECURE FACILITY THAT
   11  IS GRANTED SUCH A WAIVER SHALL COMPLY WITH  ANY  ALTERNATE  REQUIREMENTS
   12  THE  OFFICE  MAY  CONSIDER NECESSARY FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE HEALTH OR
   13  SAFETY OF THE JUVENILE DELINQUENTS IN THE FACILITY  OR  THE  SURROUNDING
   14  COMMUNITY.
   15    (A)  THE  INITIATIVE  SHALL  BE  SUBJECT TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
   16  FAMILY SERVICES' ONGOING OVERSIGHT AND  MONITORING  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT
   17  LIMITED  TO:  CASE RECORD REVIEWS; STAFF, FAMILY, AND CLIENT INTERVIEWS;
   18  ON-SITE INSPECTIONS; REVIEW  OF  DATA  REGARDING  PROVIDER  PERFORMANCE,
   19  YOUTH  AND  STAFF SAFETY, AND QUALITY OF CARE, WHICH MUST BE PROVIDED TO
   20  THE OFFICE IN THE FORM AND MANNER AND AT SUCH TIMES AS REQUIRED  BY  THE
   21  OFFICE;  AND  CONTINUED LICENSING AND MONITORING OF THE AUTHORIZED AGEN-
   22  CIES PROVIDING SERVICES UNDER THE PLAN PURSUANT TO THIS CHAPTER.
   23    (B) THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT SHALL PROVIDE  EACH  JUVENILE  DELIN-
   24  QUENT  WITH AN APPROPRIATE LEVEL OF SERVICES DESIGNED TO MEET HIS OR HER
   25  INDIVIDUAL NEEDS AND TO ENHANCE PUBLIC  SAFETY  AND  SHALL  PROVIDE  THE
   26  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES WITH SPECIFIC INFORMATION AS
   27  REQUIRED BY THE OFFICE, IN THE FORMAT AND AT SUCH TIMES AS  REQUIRED  BY
   28  SUCH  OFFICE,  ON  THE  YOUTH  PARTICIPATING  IN  THE INITIATIVE AND THE
   29  PROGRAMS SERVING SUCH YOUTH. SUCH INFORMATION SHALL BE PROVIDED  TO  THE
   30  OFFICE  OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES ON A MONTHLY BASIS FOR THE FIRST
   31  TWELVE MONTHS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF  THE  PROGRAMS
   32  FOR  EACH  LEVEL OF CARE AND SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SUCH OFFICE ON A QUAR-
   33  TERLY BASIS THEREAFTER.
   34    11. THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT SHALL SUBMIT A REPORT TO  THE  OFFICE
   35  OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES ANNUALLY, IN THE FORMAT REQUIRED BY SUCH
   36  OFFICE, DETAILING OVERALL INITIATIVE PERFORMANCE.
   37    12.  IF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES DETERMINES THAT THE
   38  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT IS FAILING TO ADEQUATELY PROVIDE FOR THE  JUVE-
   39  NILE  DELINQUENTS PLACED UNDER AN APPROVED PLAN, SUCH OFFICE MAY REQUIRE
   40  THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT TO SUBMIT A  CORRECTIVE  ACTION  PLAN,  FOR
   41  SUCH  OFFICE'S APPROVAL, DEMONSTRATING HOW IT WILL RECTIFY THE INADEQUA-
   42  CIES. IF THE OFFICE DETERMINES THAT  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  IS
   43  FAILING  TO MAKE SUFFICIENT PROGRESS TOWARDS IMPLEMENTING THE CORRECTIVE
   44  ACTION PLAN IN THE TIME AND MANNER APPROVED BY THE  OFFICE,  THE  OFFICE
   45  SHALL  PROVIDE THE DISTRICT WRITTEN NOTICE OF SUCH DETERMINATION AND THE
   46  BASIS THEREFOR, AND MANDATE THAT THE DISTRICT TAKE ALL NECESSARY ACTIONS
   47  TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN. IF A DISTRICT HAS FAILED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME
   48  THEREAFTER TO MAKE PROGRESS IMPLEMENTING ANY REGULATION,  OR  ANY  OTHER
   49  PORTION  OF SUCH PLAN THAT IS INTENDED TO PREVENT IMMINENT DANGER TO THE
   50  HEALTH, SAFETY OR WELFARE OF THE YOUTH BEING SERVED UNDER THE PLAN,  THE
   51  OFFICE  MAY  WITHHOLD  OR  SET  ASIDE A PORTION OF THE FUNDING DUE UNDER
   52  SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF THIS SECTION UNTIL THE DISTRICT  DEMONSTRATES  THAT
   53  SUFFICIENT PROGRESS IS BEING MADE; OR TERMINATE THE DISTRICT'S AUTHORITY
   54  TO  OPERATE  ALL  OR A PORTION OF THE JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO
   55  HOME INITIATIVE, TAKE ALL NECESSARY STEPS TO  ASSUME  CUSTODY  FOR,  AND
   56  PROVIDE  SERVICES  TO,  THE APPLICABLE JUVENILE DELINQUENTS BEING SERVED
       S. 6257--B                         58                         A. 9057--B
    1  UNDER THE INITIATIVE, AND DISCONTINUE FUNDS PROVIDED TO THE DISTRICT FOR
    2  SUCH SERVICES. THE OFFICE SHALL NOT WITHHOLD, SET ASIDE  OR  DISCONTINUE
    3  STATE AID TO A DISTRICT UNTIL WRITTEN NOTICE IS GIVEN TO THE COMMISSION-
    4  ER  OF  THE DISTRICT, AND IN THE EVENT FUNDING IS WITHHELD, SET ASIDE OR
    5  DISCONTINUED, THE DISTRICT MAY APPEAL TO THE OFFICE, WHICH SHALL HOLD  A
    6  FAIR  HEARING THEREON IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION TWEN-
    7  TY-TWO OF THIS CHAPTER RELATING  TO  FAIR  HEARINGS.  THE  DISTRICT  MAY
    8  INSTITUTE  A  PROCEEDING FOR A REVIEW OF THE DETERMINATION OF THE OFFICE
    9  FOLLOWING THE FAIR HEARING PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVENTY-EIGHT  OF  THE
   10  CIVIL  PRACTICE LAW AND RULES.  ANY FUNDS WITHHELD, SET ASIDE OR DISCON-
   11  TINUED PURSUANT TO THIS PROVISION SHALL BE APPLIED TO ADDRESS THE  PROB-
   12  LEM  WHICH  WAS THE BASIS FOR SUCH SANCTION.  IF THE OFFICE TERMINATES A
   13  DISTRICT'S AUTHORITY TO  OPERATE  ANY  PORTION  OF  A  JUVENILE  JUSTICE
   14  SERVICES  CLOSE  TO HOME INITIATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBDIVISION,
   15  THE OFFICE SHALL NOTIFY THE SUPERVISING FAMILY COURT  JUDGE  RESPONSIBLE
   16  FOR  THE FAMILY COURTS SERVING SUCH DISTRICT OF SUCH TERMINATION AND THE
   17  EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH TERMINATION.
   18    13. ONCE A PLAN BECOMES OPERATIVE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION, THE SOCIAL
   19  SERVICES DISTRICT SHALL CARRY OUT THE FOLLOWING  FUNCTIONS,  POWERS  AND
   20  DUTIES  WITH RESPECT TO PLACEMENTS OF JUVENILE DELINQUENTS IN ACCORDANCE
   21  WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH PLAN AND ALL APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  AND  STATE
   22  LAWS AND REGULATIONS:
   23    (A)  TO  ENTER  INTO CONTRACTS WITH AUTHORIZED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED IN
   24  SECTION THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE OF THIS CHAPTER, TO OPERATE AND  MAIN-
   25  TAIN  FACILITIES  AUTHORIZED UNDER SUCH PLAN; SUCH CONTRACTS MAY INCLUDE
   26  SUCH PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE DISTRICT;
   27    (B) TO DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR FACILITY OR PROGRAM IN WHICH  A  JUVE-
   28  NILE  DELINQUENT PLACED WITH THE DISTRICT SHALL BE CARED FOR, BASED UPON
   29  AN EVALUATION OF SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT;
   30    (C) TO TRANSFER A JUVENILE DELINQUENT FROM ONE FACILITY TO  ANY  OTHER
   31  FACILITY,  WHEN  THE INTERESTS OF SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT REQUIRES SUCH
   32  ACTION; PROVIDED THAT, IF THE DISTRICT HAS AN APPROVED PLAN TO IMPLEMENT
   33  SERVICES FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE  SETTINGS,  A
   34  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT TRANSFERRED TO A NON-SECURE FACILITY FROM A LIMITED
   35  SECURE FACILITY MAY BE RETURNED TO A  LIMITED  SECURE  FACILITY  UPON  A
   36  DETERMINATION  BY  THE DISTRICT THAT, FOR ANY REASON, CARE AND TREATMENT
   37  AT THE NON-SECURE FACILITY IS NO LONGER SUITABLE;
   38    (D) TO ISSUE A WARRANT FOR THE APPREHENSION AND RETURN OF ANY  RUNAWAY
   39  OR  CONDITIONALLY RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT PLACED WITH THE DISTRICT,
   40  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY
   41  SERVICES; PROVIDED FURTHER THAT:
   42    (I)  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  OFFICIAL, PURSUANT TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE
   43  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, SHALL ISSUE A  WARRANT  DIRECTED
   44  GENERALLY  TO  ANY  PEACE  OFFICER,  ACTING  PURSUANT  TO SUCH OFFICER'S
   45  SPECIAL DUTIES, OR POLICE OFFICER IN THE STATE FOR THE APPREHENSION  AND
   46  RETURN  OF  ANY  RUNAWAY  OR  CONDITIONALLY RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT
   47  UNDER THE JURISDICTION  OF  THE  DISTRICT  AND  SUCH  WARRANT  SHALL  BE
   48  EXECUTED BY ANY PEACE OFFICER, ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH OFFICER'S SPECIAL
   49  DUTIES,  OR  POLICE  OFFICER  TO  WHOM  IT  MAY BE DELIVERED; THE SOCIAL
   50  SERVICES DISTRICT ALSO SHALL PROVIDE RELEVANT LAW  ENFORCEMENT  AGENCIES
   51  WITHIN  FORTY-EIGHT  HOURS WITH ANY PHOTOGRAPHS OF ANY RUNAWAY OR CONDI-
   52  TIONALLY RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT FOR  WHOM  A  WARRANT  IS  ISSUED,
   53  TOGETHER WITH ANY PERTINENT INFORMATION RELATIVE TO SUCH JUVENILE DELIN-
   54  QUENT; SUCH PHOTOGRAPHS SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   55  DISTRICT  AND SHALL BE KEPT CONFIDENTIAL FOR USE SOLELY IN THE APPREHEN-
   56  SION OF SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT AND SHALL BE RETURNED PROMPTLY  TO  THE
       S. 6257--B                         59                         A. 9057--B
    1  DISTRICT  UPON  APPREHENSION  OF  SUCH  JUVENILE DELINQUENT, OR UPON THE
    2  DEMAND OF THE DISTRICT;
    3    (II) A SOCIAL SERVICES OFFICIAL SHALL GIVE IMMEDIATE WRITTEN NOTICE TO
    4  THE  FAMILY  COURT  WHEN  ANY JUVENILE DELINQUENT PLACED WITH THE SOCIAL
    5  SERVICES DISTRICT BY ORDER OF SAID FAMILY COURT,  IS  ABSENT  FROM  SUCH
    6  PLACEMENT WITHOUT CONSENT;
    7    (III)  A  MAGISTRATE  MAY  CAUSE A RUNAWAY OR A CONDITIONALLY RELEASED
    8  JUVENILE DELINQUENT TO BE HELD IN CUSTODY UNTIL RETURNED TO  THE  SOCIAL
    9  SERVICES DISTRICT;
   10    (E)  (I)  TO CAUSE A JUVENILE DELINQUENT UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE
   11  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT WHO RUNS AWAY FROM A  FACILITY,  TO  BE  APPRE-
   12  HENDED  AND RETURNED TO THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OR AUTHORIZED AGEN-
   13  CY;
   14    (II) IF A JUVENILE DELINQUENT UNDER THE  JURISDICTION  OF  THE  SOCIAL
   15  SERVICES  DISTRICT  VIOLATES  ANY  CONDITION OF RELEASE THEREFROM, OR IF
   16  THERE IS A CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES, AND  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT
   17  DETERMINES THAT IT WOULD BE CONSISTENT WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS
   18  OF  SAID  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT AND THE NEED TO PROTECT THE COMMUNITY, OR
   19  THAT THERE IS A SUBSTANTIAL LIKELIHOOD  SAID  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  WILL
   20  COMMIT  AN  ACT THAT WOULD BE A CRIME OR CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF HE OR SHE
   21  WERE AN ADULT, TO CAUSE SAID JUVENILE DELINQUENT TO BE  APPREHENDED  AND
   22  RETURNED  TO  THE  DISTRICT  OR  AUTHORIZED AGENCY PURSUANT TO THE REGU-
   23  LATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES;
   24    (III) TO AUTHORIZE AN  EMPLOYEE  DESIGNATED  BY  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   25  DISTRICT,  WITHOUT  A  WARRANT,  TO APPREHEND A RUNAWAY OR CONDITIONALLY
   26  RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT IN ANY COUNTY IN THIS  STATE  WHOSE  RETURN
   27  HAS  BEEN ORDERED BY THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT, AND RETURN SAID JUVE-
   28  NILE DELINQUENT TO ANY APPROPRIATE SOCIAL SERVICES  DISTRICT,  DETENTION
   29  FACILITY, AUTHORIZED AGENCY OR PROGRAM;
   30    (F)  PURSUANT  TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
   31  SERVICES, TO DEVELOP AND OPERATE PROGRAMS FOR YOUTH PLACED  OR  REFERRED
   32  TO  THE  DISTRICT OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN ORDER PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE
   33  WITH SECTION 353.6 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT;
   34    (G) UPON THE PLACEMENT OF ANY JUVENILE DELINQUENT  EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF
   35  AGE OR OLDER, OR UPON THE EIGHTEENTH BIRTHDAY OF ANY YOUTH PLACED IN THE
   36  CUSTODY  OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR AN ADJUDICATION OF JUVENILE
   37  DELINQUENCY FOR HAVING COMMITTED AN ACT WHICH IF COMMITTED BY  AN  ADULT
   38  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A  FELONY,  AND  STILL  IN  THE CUSTODY OF THE SOCIAL
   39  SERVICES DISTRICT, TO NOTIFY THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  SERVICES
   40  OF  SUCH  PLACEMENT  OR  BIRTHDAY.   PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IN THE CASE OF A
   41  YOUTH ELEVEN OR TWELVE YEARS OF AGE AT THE TIME THE  ACT  OR  ACTS  WERE
   42  COMMITTED,  THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  SERVICES  SHALL NOT BE
   43  PROVIDED WITH THE YOUTH'S NAME, UNLESS THE ACTS COMMITTED BY SUCH  YOUTH
   44  WOULD CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY. UPON THE SUBSEQUENT DISCHARGE IT
   45  SHALL BE THE DUTY OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT TO NOTIFY THE DIVISION
   46  OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES OF THAT FACT AND THE DATE OF DISCHARGE. FOR
   47  THE  PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH, A YOUTH'S AGE SHALL BE DETERMINED TO BE
   48  THE AGE STATED IN THE PLACEMENT ORDER;
   49    (H) TO PROVIDE JUVENILE DELINQUENTS  IN  RESIDENTIAL  PLACEMENTS  WITH
   50  REASONABLE AND APPROPRIATE VISITATION BY FAMILY MEMBERS AND CONSULTATION
   51  WITH  THEIR  LEGAL  REPRESENTATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS OF
   52  THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES; AND
   53    (I) TO PROVIDE RESIDENTIAL CARE IN PROGRAMS SUBJECT TO THE REGULATIONS
   54  OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, FOR INFANTS  BORN  TO  OR
   55  BEING  NURSED  BY  FEMALE JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED WITH THE DISTRICT;
       S. 6257--B                         60                         A. 9057--B
    1  RESIDENTIAL CARE FOR SUCH AN INFANT MAY BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH  PERIOD  OF
    2  TIME AS IS DEEMED DESIRABLE FOR THE WELFARE OF THE MOTHER OR INFANT.
    3    14. THE FOLLOWING PERSONS SHALL BE AUTHORIZED TO VISIT, AT THEIR PLEA-
    4  SURE,  ALL  PROGRAMS OPERATED BY A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT PURSUANT TO,
    5  OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION: THE GOVERNOR;  LIEUTENANT  GOVERNOR;
    6  COMPTROLLER; ATTORNEY GENERAL; MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATURE; JUDGES OF THE
    7  COURT  OF  APPEALS;  JUDGES  FROM SUPREME COURT, FAMILY COURT AND COUNTY
    8  COURTS AND DISTRICT ATTORNEYS, COUNTY ATTORNEYS AND  ATTORNEYS  EMPLOYED
    9  IN  THE OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION COUNSEL HAVING JURISDICTION WITHIN THE
   10  APPLICABLE SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  OR  COUNTY  WHERE  A  PROGRAM  IS
   11  LOCATED; AND ANY PERSON OR AGENCY OTHERWISE AUTHORIZED BY STATUTE.
   12    15.  A JUVENILE DELINQUENT IN THE CARE OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT
   13  WHO ATTENDS PUBLIC SCHOOL WHILE IN RESIDENCE  AT  A  FACILITY  SHALL  BE
   14  DEEMED  A  RESIDENT  OF  THE SCHOOL DISTRICT WHERE THE YOUTH'S PARENT OR
   15  GUARDIAN RESIDES AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR FOR THE PURPOSE
   16  OF DETERMINING WHICH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  SHALL  BE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE
   17  YOUTH'S TUITION.
   18    16.  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  SHALL  BE PERMITTED TO INTERVENE
   19  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH ONE OF SUBDIVISION (A)  OF  SECTION  ONE  THOUSAND
   20  TWELVE  OF  THE  CIVIL PRACTICE LAW AND RULES IN ANY ACTION INVOLVING AN
   21  APPEAL FROM A DECISION OF ANY  COURT  OF  THIS  STATE  THAT  RELATES  TO
   22  PROGRAMS,  CONDITIONS  OR  SERVICES  PROVIDED  BY  SUCH  DISTRICT OR ANY
   23  AUTHORIZED AGENCY WITH WHICH THE DISTRICT HAS PLACED A  JUVENILE  DELIN-
   24  QUENT  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION. WRITTEN NOTICE SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE
   25  CORPORATION COUNSEL OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR COUNTY  ATTORNEY  BY  THE
   26  PARTY TAKING THE APPEAL.
   27    17.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE SOCIAL
   28  SERVICES DISTRICT MAY DELAY  ACCEPTANCE  OF  A  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  IN
   29  DETENTION WHO IS PLACED IN THE DISTRICT'S CUSTODY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
   30  REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
   31    18.  NO  ORDER THAT PLACES A JUVENILE DELINQUENT IN THE CUSTODY OF THE
   32  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT THAT RECITES THE FACTS UPON WHICH IT  IS  BASED
   33  SHALL  BE  DEEMED OR HELD TO BE INVALID BY REASON OF ANY IMPERFECTION OR
   34  DEFECT IN FORM.
   35    S 2. Section 351.1 of the family court act is amended by adding a  new
   36  subdivision 2-a to read as follows:
   37    2-A.  (A) IN A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE
   38  JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO  HOME  INITIATIVE  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  FOUR
   39  HUNDRED  FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, THE LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENT
   40  SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY  SERVICES
   41  FOR PRIOR APPROVAL A VALIDATED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRU-
   42  MENT  AND  ANY  RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS.   SUCH DEPARTMENT SHALL PERIOD-
   43  ICALLY REVALIDATE ANY APPROVED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRU-
   44  MENT.   THE   DEPARTMENT   SHALL   CONSPICUOUSLY   POST   ANY   APPROVED
   45  PRE-DISPOSITIONAL  RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND PROCESS ON ITS WEBSITE
   46  AND SHALL CONFER WITH APPROPRIATE STAKEHOLDERS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMIT-
   47  ED TO, ATTORNEYS FOR  CHILDREN,  PRESENTMENT  AGENCIES  AND  THE  FAMILY
   48  COURT, PRIOR TO REVISING ANY VALIDATED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT
   49  INSTRUMENT  OR  PROCESS.  ANY  REVISED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT
   50  INSTRUMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO PERIODIC EMPIRICAL VALIDATION AND TO  THE
   51  APPROVAL  OF  THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES. THE DEPARTMENT
   52  SHALL PROVIDE TRAINING ON THE APPROVED INSTRUMENT AND ANY APPROVED PROC-
   53  ESS TO THE APPLICABLE  FAMILY  COURTS,  PRESENTMENT  AGENCY,  AND  COURT
   54  APPOINTED ATTORNEYS FOR RESPONDENTS.
   55    (B)  ONCE AN INITIAL VALIDATED RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY RISK
   56  ASSESSMENT PROCESS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND
       S. 6257--B                         61                         A. 9057--B
    1  FAMILY  SERVICES  IN  CONSULTATION WITH THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
    2  SERVICES, THE LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENT SHALL  PROVIDE  THE  APPLICABLE
    3  SUPERVISING FAMILY COURT JUDGE WITH A COPY OF THE VALIDATED RISK ASSESS-
    4  MENT  INSTRUMENT  AND  ANY  SUCH  PROCESS ALONG WITH THE LETTER FROM THE
    5  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES  APPROVING  THE  INSTRUMENT  AND
    6  PROCESS,  IF  APPLICABLE, AND INDICATING THE DATE THE INSTRUMENT AND ANY
    7  SUCH PROCESS SHALL BE EFFECTIVE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH EFFECTIVE DATE SHALL
    8  BE AT LEAST THIRTY DAYS AFTER SUCH NOTIFICATION.
    9    (C) COMMENCING ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A VALIDATED  PRE-DISPOSITIONAL
   10  RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY APPROVED PROCESS AND THEREAFTER, EACH
   11  PROBATION  INVESTIGATION  ORDERED  UNDER SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION
   12  SHALL INCLUDE THE RESULTS  OF  THE  VALIDATED  RISK  ASSESSMENT  OF  THE
   13  RESPONDENT  AND PROCESS, IF ANY; AND A RESPONDENT SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN
   14  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 353.3 OR 353.5 OF THIS PART UNLESS THE COURT HAS
   15  RECEIVED AND GIVEN DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE RESULTS  OF  SUCH  VALIDATED
   16  RISK  ASSESSMENT AND ANY APPROVED PROCESS AND MADE THE FINDINGS REQUIRED
   17  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (F) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION  352.2  OF  THIS
   18  PART.
   19    (D)  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, DATA
   20  NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF A PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT  INSTRU-
   21  MENT MAY BE SHARED BETWEEN LAW ENFORCEMENT, PROBATION, COURTS, DETENTION
   22  ADMINISTRATIONS,  DETENTION  PROVIDERS,  PRESENTMENT  AGENCIES,  AND THE
   23  ATTORNEY FOR THE CHILD UPON RETENTION  OR  APPOINTMENT  SOLELY  FOR  THE
   24  PURPOSE  OF  ACCURATE  COMPLETION  OF SUCH RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT. A
   25  COPY OF THE COMPLETED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT SHALL
   26  BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE APPLICABLE COURT.
   27    (E) THE LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENT SHALL PROVIDE THE DIVISION OF CRIM-
   28  INAL JUSTICE SERVICES WITH INFORMATION REGARDING THE USE OF THE PRE-DIS-
   29  POSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS IN
   30  THE TIME AND  MANNER  REQUIRED  BY  THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE
   31  SERVICES.  THE  DIVISION  MAY REQUIRE THAT SUCH DATA BE SUBMITTED TO THE
   32  DIVISION ELECTRONICALLY. THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES SHALL
   33  SHARE SUCH INFORMATION WITH THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
   34    S 3. Subdivision 2 of section 352.2 of the family court act is amended
   35  by adding a new paragraph (f) to read as follows:
   36    (F)(1) IN A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING  AN  APPROVED  JUVENILE
   37  JUSTICE  SERVICES  CLOSE  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE  PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR
   38  HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW,  ONCE  THE  SUPERVISING  FAMILY
   39  COURT  JUDGE  RECEIVES  NOTICE THAT A RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY
   40  RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
   41  FAMILY SERVICES PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWO-A OF SECTION 351.1  OF  THIS
   42  PART, THE COURT SHALL GIVE DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE RESULTS OF THE VALI-
   43  DATED  RISK ASSESSMENT AND ANY SUCH PROCESS PROVIDED TO THE COURT PURSU-
   44  ANT TO SUCH SUBDIVISION WHEN DETERMINING THE APPROPRIATE DISPOSITION FOR
   45  THE RESPONDENT.
   46    (2) ANY ORDER OF THE COURT DIRECTING THE  PLACEMENT  OF  A  RESPONDENT
   47  INTO A RESIDENTIAL PROGRAM SHALL STATE:
   48    (I)  THE LEVEL OF RISK THE YOUTH WAS ASSESSED AT PURSUANT TO THE VALI-
   49  DATED RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT; AND
   50    (II) IF A DETERMINATION IS MADE TO PLACE A YOUTH IN A HIGHER LEVEL  OF
   51  PLACEMENT  THAN  APPEARS WARRANTED BASED ON SUCH RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRU-
   52  MENT AND ANY APPROVED RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS,  THE  PARTICULAR  REASONS
   53  WHY  SUCH PLACEMENT WAS DETERMINED TO BE NECESSARY FOR THE PROTECTION OF
   54  THE COMMUNITY AND TO BE CONSISTENT WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS  OF
   55  THE RESPONDENT; AND
       S. 6257--B                         62                         A. 9057--B
    1    (III)  THAT  A  LESS  RESTRICTIVE ALTERNATIVE THAT WOULD BE CONSISTENT
    2  WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT  AND  THE  NEED  FOR
    3  PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY IS NOT AVAILABLE.
    4    S  4. Section 353.3 of the family court act is amended by adding a new
    5  subdivision 2-a to read as follows:
    6    2-A. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY INCONSISTENT PROVISION OF LAW TO THE  CONTRA-
    7  RY,  IN A DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE
    8  TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF  THE  SOCIAL
    9  SERVICES LAW:
   10    (A)  BEGINNING  ON  THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE DISTRICT'S APPROVED PLAN
   11  THAT ONLY COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE SETTINGS, THE
   12  COURT MAY ONLY PLACE THE RESPONDENT:
   13    (I) IN THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE  LOCAL  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   14  DISTRICT FOR PLACEMENT IN A NON-SECURE LEVEL OF CARE; OR
   15    (II)  IN THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
   16  FAMILY SERVICES FOR PLACEMENT IN A LIMITED SECURE  OR  SECURE  LEVEL  OF
   17  CARE; AND
   18    (B) BEGINNING ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE DISTRICT'S APPROVED PLAN TO
   19  IMPLEMENT  PROGRAMS  FOR  YOUTH  PLACED  IN LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS, THE
   20  COURT MAY ONLY PLACE THE RESPONDENT:
   21    (I) IN THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE  LOCAL  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   22  DISTRICT FOR PLACEMENT IN:
   23    (A) A NON-SECURE LEVEL OF CARE;
   24    (B) A LIMITED SECURE LEVEL OF CARE; OR
   25    (C) EITHER A NON-SECURE OR LIMITED SECURE LEVEL OF CARE, AS DETERMINED
   26  BY SUCH COMMISSIONER; OR
   27    (II)  IN THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
   28  FAMILY SERVICES FOR PLACEMENT IN A SECURE LEVEL OF CARE.
   29    S 5. Subdivision 9 of section  353.3  of  the  family  court  act,  as
   30  amended  by  section  6  of part G of chapter 58 of the laws of 2010, is
   31  amended to read as follows:
   32    9. If the court places a respondent with the office  of  children  and
   33  family  services,  OR  IN  A  LIMITED  SECURE  LEVEL OF CARE IN A SOCIAL
   34  SERVICES DISTRICT WITH AN APPROVED PLAN TO IMPLEMENT A JUVENILE  JUSTICE
   35  SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE UNDER SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE
   36  SOCIAL  SERVICES  LAW,  pursuant to this section after finding that such
   37  [child] RESPONDENT committed a felony, the court may, in its discretion,
   38  further order that such respondent shall be confined  in  a  residential
   39  facility  for  a  minimum  period  set  by  the order, not to exceed six
   40  months.
   41    S 6. Subdivisions 4 and 5 of section 353.5 of the family court act, as
   42  added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, subparagraph (i) of  paragraph
   43  (a)  of  subdivision 4 and subparagraph (i) of paragraph (a) of subdivi-
   44  sion 5 as amended by chapter 419 of the laws of 1987, subparagraph  (iv)
   45  of paragraph (a) of subdivision 4 and subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (a)
   46  of  subdivision  5  as amended by chapter 687 of the laws of 1993, para-
   47  graphs (b) and (d) of subdivision 4 and paragraph (d) of  subdivision  5
   48  as  amended  by  chapter 398 of the laws of 1983, are amended to read as
   49  follows:
   50    4. When the order is for a restrictive placement  in  the  case  of  a
   51  youth found to have committed a designated class A felony act,
   52    (a) the order shall provide that:
   53    (i)  the  respondent  shall  be  placed  with the [division for youth]
   54  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES for an  initial  period  of  five
   55  years.  If the respondent has been in detention pending disposition, the
   56  initial period of placement ordered under this section shall be credited
       S. 6257--B                         63                         A. 9057--B
    1  with and diminished by the amount of time spent  by  the  respondent  in
    2  detention  prior  to  the commencement of the placement unless the court
    3  finds that all or part of such credit would not serve the needs and best
    4  interests of the respondent or the need for protection of the community.
    5    (ii)  the  respondent shall initially be confined in a secure facility
    6  for a period set by the order, to be not less than twelve nor more  than
    7  eighteen  months provided, however, where the order of the court is made
    8  in compliance with subdivision five  OF  THIS  SECTION,  the  respondent
    9  shall initially be confined in a secure facility for eighteen months.
   10    (iii)  after  the  period set under [clause] SUBPARAGRAPH (ii) OF THIS
   11  PARAGRAPH, the respondent shall be placed in a residential facility  for
   12  a period of twelve months; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF THE RESPONDENT HAS
   13  BEEN  PLACED FROM A FAMILY COURT IN A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING
   14  AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE  PURSUANT
   15  TO  SECTION  FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, ONCE THE TIME
   16  FRAMES IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH ARE MET:
   17    (A) BEGINNING  ON  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  SUCH  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   18  DISTRICT'S  PLAN THAT ONLY COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SE-
   19  CURE SETTINGS, IF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  CONCLUDES,
   20  BASED ON THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT AND THE NEED FOR
   21  PROTECTION  FOR THE COMMUNITY, THAT A NON-SECURE LEVEL OF CARE IS APPRO-
   22  PRIATE FOR THE RESPONDENT, SUCH OFFICE SHALL FILE A PETITION PURSUANT TO
   23  PARAGRAPH (B) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 355.1 OF THIS PART TO
   24  HAVE THE RESPONDENT PLACED WITH THE  APPLICABLE  LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  OF
   25  SOCIAL SERVICES; AND
   26    (B)  BEGINNING  ON  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  SUCH  A  SOCIAL SERVICES
   27  DISTRICT'S PLAN THAT  COVERS  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  LIMITED
   28  SECURE   SETTINGS,  IF  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES
   29  CONCLUDES, BASED ON THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE  RESPONDENT  AND
   30  THE  NEED FOR PROTECTION FOR THE COMMUNITY, THAT A NON-SECURE OR LIMITED
   31  SECURE LEVEL OF CARE IS APPROPRIATE  FOR  THE  RESPONDENT,  SUCH  OFFICE
   32  SHALL  FILE  A  PETITION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (B) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION
   33  TWO OF SECTION 355.1 OF THIS PART TO HAVE THE RESPONDENT PLACED WITH THE
   34  APPLICABLE LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES.
   35    (C) IF THE RESPONDENT IS PLACED WITH THE LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF  SOCIAL
   36  SERVICES  IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (A) OR (B) OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH, THE
   37  REMAINDER OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL CONTINUE TO  APPLY  TO
   38  THE RESPONDENT'S PLACEMENT.
   39    (iv)  the  respondent  may  not  be released from a secure facility or
   40  transferred to a facility other than a secure facility during the period
   41  provided in [clause] SUBPARAGRAPH (ii) of this paragraph,  nor  may  the
   42  respondent  be  released  from  a residential facility during the period
   43  provided in [clause] SUBPARAGRAPH (iii) OF  THIS  PARAGRAPH.    No  home
   44  visits shall be permitted during the period of secure confinement set by
   45  the  court  order  or  one year, whichever is less, except for emergency
   46  visits for medical treatment or severe illness or death in  the  family.
   47  All  home  visits  must be accompanied home visits: (A) while a youth is
   48  confined in a secure facility, whether such confinement is pursuant to a
   49  court order or otherwise; (B) while a youth is confined in a residential
   50  facility other than a secure facility within six months  after  confine-
   51  ment  in a secure facility; and (C) while a youth is confined in a resi-
   52  dential facility other than a secure facility in excess  of  six  months
   53  after  confinement  in  a  secure  facility  unless two accompanied home
   54  visits have already occurred.  An "accompanied home visit" shall mean  a
   55  home  visit  during  which  the  youth shall be accompanied at all times
   56  while outside the secure or residential facility by appropriate  person-
       S. 6257--B                         64                         A. 9057--B
    1  nel of the [division for youth designated pursuant to regulations of the
    2  director  of the division] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR, IF
    3  APPLICABLE, A LOCAL SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT WHICH OPERATES AN  APPROVED
    4  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION
    5  FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
    6    (b) Notwithstanding any other  provision  of  law,  during  the  first
    7  twelve months of the respondent's placement, no motion, hearing or order
    8  may be made, held or granted pursuant to section 355.1; provided, howev-
    9  er,  that  during  such  period a motion to vacate the order may be made
   10  pursuant to [355.1] SUCH SECTION, but only upon  grounds  set  forth  in
   11  section 440.10 of the criminal procedure law.
   12    (c) During the placement or any extension thereof:
   13    (i)  after  the expiration of the period provided in [clause] SUBPARA-
   14  GRAPH (iii) of paragraph (a) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, the  respondent  shall
   15  not be released from a residential facility without the written approval
   16  of  the  [director  of  the  division for youth or his designated deputy
   17  director] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR,  IF  APPLICABLE,  A
   18  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES
   19  CLOSE  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE
   20  SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
   21    (ii) the respondent shall be subject to intensive supervision whenever
   22  not in a secure or residential facility.
   23    (iii) the respondent shall not be discharged from the custody  of  the
   24  [division  for  youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND FAMILY SERVICES OR, IF
   25  APPLICABLE, A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING  AN  APPROVED  JUVENILE
   26  JUSTICE  SERVICES  CLOSE  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE  PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR
   27  HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, unless a motion therefor  under
   28  section  355.1  is  granted by the court, which motion shall not be made
   29  prior to the expiration of three years of the placement.
   30    (iv) unless otherwise specified in the order, the [division] OFFICE OF
   31  CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES  OR,  IF  APPLICABLE,  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   32  DISTRICT  OPERATING  AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME
   33  INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL  SERVICES
   34  LAW  shall  report  in writing to the court not less than once every six
   35  months during the placement on the status, adjustment  and  progress  of
   36  the respondent.
   37    (d)  Upon  the  expiration  of the initial period of placement, or any
   38  extension thereof, the placement may  be  extended  in  accordance  with
   39  section  355.3  on  a  petition of any party or the [division for youth]
   40  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES,  OR,  IF  APPLICABLE,  A  SOCIAL
   41  SERVICES  DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE
   42  TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF  THE  SOCIAL
   43  SERVICES  LAW,  after  a dispositional hearing, for an additional period
   44  not to exceed twelve months, but no initial placement  or  extension  of
   45  placement  under this section may continue beyond the respondent's twen-
   46  ty-first birthday.
   47    (e) The court may also make an order pursuant to  subdivision  two  of
   48  section 353.4.
   49    5.  When  the  order  is  for a restrictive placement in the case of a
   50  youth found to have committed a designated  felony  act,  other  than  a
   51  designated class A felony act,
   52    (a) the order shall provide that:
   53    (i)  the  respondent  shall  be  placed  with the [division for youth]
   54  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES for an initial  period  of  three
   55  years.  If the respondent has been in detention pending disposition, the
   56  initial period of placement ordered under this section shall be credited
       S. 6257--B                         65                         A. 9057--B
    1  with and diminished by the amount of time spent  by  the  respondent  in
    2  detention  prior  to  the commencement of the placement unless the court
    3  finds that all or part of such credit would not serve the needs and best
    4  interests of the respondent or the need for protection of the community.
    5    (ii)  the  respondent shall initially be confined in a secure facility
    6  for a period set by the order, to be not less than  six  nor  more  than
    7  twelve months.
    8    (iii)  after  the  period set under [clause] SUBPARAGRAPH (ii) OF THIS
    9  PARAGRAPH, the respondent shall be placed in a residential facility  for
   10  a  period set by the order, to be not less than six nor more than twelve
   11  months; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF THE RESPONDENT HAS BEEN PLACED FROM A
   12  FAMILY COURT IN A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN  APPROVED  JUVE-
   13  NILE  JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR
   14  HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, ONCE THE TIME FRAMES IN SUBPAR-
   15  AGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH ARE MET:
   16    (A) BEGINNING  ON  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  SUCH  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES
   17  DISTRICT'S  PLAN THAT ONLY COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SE-
   18  CURE SETTINGS, IF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  CONCLUDES,
   19  BASED ON THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT AND THE NEED FOR
   20  PROTECTION  FOR THE COMMUNITY, THAT A NON-SECURE LEVEL OF CARE IS APPRO-
   21  PRIATE FOR THE RESPONDENT, SUCH OFFICE SHALL FILE A PETITION PURSUANT TO
   22  PARAGRAPH (B) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 355.1 OF THIS PART TO
   23  HAVE THE RESPONDENT PLACED WITH THE  APPLICABLE  LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  OF
   24  SOCIAL SERVICES; AND
   25    (B)  BEGINNING  ON  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  SUCH  A  SOCIAL SERVICES
   26  DISTRICT'S PLAN TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FOR YOUTH PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE
   27  SETTINGS, IF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES CONCLUDES, BASED
   28  ON THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF  THE  RESPONDENT  AND  THE  NEED  FOR
   29  PROTECTION  FOR THE COMMUNITY, THAT A NON-SECURE OR LIMITED SECURE LEVEL
   30  OF CARE IS APPROPRIATE FOR THE RESPONDENT,  SUCH  OFFICE  SHALL  FILE  A
   31  PETITION  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (B) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION
   32  355.1 OF THIS PART TO HAVE THE RESPONDENT  PLACED  WITH  THE  APPLICABLE
   33  LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES.
   34    (C)  IF  THE  RESPONDENT IS PLACED WITH A LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL
   35  SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (A) OR (B) OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH,  THE
   36  REMAINDER  OF  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY TO
   37  THE RESPONDENT'S PLACEMENT.
   38    (iv) the respondent may not be released  from  a  secure  facility  or
   39  transferred to a facility other than a secure facility during the period
   40  provided  by  the  court  pursuant to [clause] SUBPARAGRAPH (ii) OF THIS
   41  PARAGRAPH, nor may the respondent be released from a residential facili-
   42  ty during the period provided by the court pursuant to [clause] SUBPARA-
   43  GRAPH (iii) OF THIS PARAGRAPH.  No home visits shall be permitted during
   44  the period of secure confinement set by the court  order  or  one  year,
   45  whichever  is less, except for emergency visits for medical treatment or
   46  severe illness or death in the family.  All home visits must be accompa-
   47  nied home visits:  (A) while a youth is confined in a  secure  facility,
   48  whether  such confinement is pursuant to a court order or otherwise; (B)
   49  while a youth is confined in a residential facility other than a  secure
   50  facility  within  six months after confinement in a secure facility; and
   51  (C) while a youth is confined in a residential  facility  other  than  a
   52  secure  facility  in  excess of six months after confinement in a secure
   53  facility unless two accompanied home visits have  already  occurred.  An
   54  "accompanied  home visit" shall mean a home visit during which the youth
   55  shall be accompanied at all times while outside the secure  or  residen-
   56  tial facility by appropriate personnel of the [division for youth desig-
       S. 6257--B                         66                         A. 9057--B
    1  nated pursuant to regulations of the director of the division] OFFICE OF
    2  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  OR,  IF  APPLICABLE,  A SOCIAL SERVICES
    3  DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE
    4  PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
    5    (b)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, during the first six
    6  months of the respondent's placement, no motion, hearing or order may be
    7  made, held or granted pursuant to section 355.1; provided, however, that
    8  during such period a motion to vacate the order may be made pursuant  to
    9  such  section,  but only upon grounds set forth in section 440.10 of the
   10  criminal procedure law.
   11    (c) During the placement or any extension thereof:
   12    (i) after the expiration of the period provided in  [clause]  SUBPARA-
   13  GRAPH  (iii)  of paragraph (a) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, the respondent shall
   14  not be released from a residential facility without the written approval
   15  of the [director of the division for  youth  or  his  designated  deputy
   16  director]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR, IF APPLICABLE, A
   17  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES
   18  CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED  FOUR  OF  THE
   19  SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
   20    (ii) the respondent shall be subject to intensive supervision whenever
   21  not in a secure or residential facility.
   22    (iii)  the  respondent shall not be discharged from the custody of the
   23  [division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES,  OR,  IF
   24  APPLICABLE,  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE
   25  JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO  HOME  INITIATIVE  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  FOUR
   26  HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
   27    (iv) unless otherwise specified in the order, the [division] OFFICE OF
   28  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  OR,  IF  APPLICABLE,  A SOCIAL SERVICES
   29  DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE  TO  HOME
   30  INITIATIVE  PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   31  LAW, shall report in writing to the court not less than once  every  six
   32  months  during  the  placement on the status, adjustment and progress of
   33  the respondent.
   34    (d) Upon the expiration of the initial  period  of  placement  or  any
   35  extension  thereof,  the  placement  may  be extended in accordance with
   36  section 355.3 upon petition of any party or  the  [division  for  youth]
   37  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  OR, IF APPLICABLE, A SOCIAL
   38  SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES  CLOSE
   39  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL
   40  SERVICES LAW, after a dispositional hearing, for  an  additional  period
   41  not  to  exceed  twelve months, but no initial placement or extension of
   42  placement under this section may continue beyond the respondent's  twen-
   43  ty-first birthday.
   44    (e)  The  court  may also make an order pursuant to subdivision two of
   45  section 353.4.
   46    S 7. Subdivision 8 of section 353.5 of the family court act, as  added
   47  by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
   48    8. The [division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR,
   49  IF  APPLICABLE, THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN APPROVED CLOSE
   50  TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF  THE  SOCIAL
   51  SERVICES  LAW, shall retain the power to continue the confinement of the
   52  youth in a secure or other residential facility, AS  APPLICABLE,  beyond
   53  the periods specified by the court, within the term of the placement.
   54    S  8. Subdivision 2 of section 355.1 of the family court act, as added
   55  by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
       S. 6257--B                         67                         A. 9057--B
    1    2. An order issued under section 353.3,  may,  upon  a  showing  of  a
    2  substantial  change of circumstances, be set aside, modified, vacated or
    3  terminated upon motion of the commissioner of  social  services  or  the
    4  [division  for  youth]  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES with whom
    5  the respondent has been placed.
    6    (A)(I)  FOR  A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT THAT ONLY HAS AN APPROVED PLAN
    7  TO IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FOR  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  NON-SECURE
    8  SETTINGS  AS PART OF AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME
    9  INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL  SERVICES
   10  LAW,  BEGINNING  ON  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF THAT PLAN, IF THE DISTRICT
   11  DETERMINES THAT A HIGHER LEVEL OF PLACEMENT IS APPROPRIATE AND  CONSIST-
   12  ENT WITH THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY AND THE NEEDS AND BEST
   13  INTERESTS  OF  THE  RESPONDENT PLACED INTO ITS CARE, THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   14  DISTRICT SHALL FILE A PETITION TO TRANSFER THE CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT
   15  TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, AND SHALL PROVIDE A  COPY
   16  OF  SUCH  PETITION  TO  SUCH  OFFICE.  THE COURT SHALL RENDER A DECISION
   17  WHETHER THE JUVENILE DELINQUENT SHOULD  BE  TRANSFERRED  TO  THE  OFFICE
   18  WITHIN  SEVENTY-TWO  HOURS,  EXCLUDING WEEKENDS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS. THE
   19  FAMILY COURT SHALL, AFTER ALLOWING THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
   20  SERVICES  AN  OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD, GRANT SUCH A PETITION ONLY IF THE
   21  COURT DETERMINES, AND STATES IN ITS WRITTEN ORDER,  THE  REASONS  WHY  A
   22  LIMITED  SECURE OR SECURE LEVEL OF PLACEMENT IS NECESSARY AND CONSISTENT
   23  WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT  AND  THE  NEED  FOR
   24  PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY.
   25    (II)  FOR A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT WITH AN APPROVED PLAN OR APPROVED
   26  PLANS THAT COVER JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE AND IN LIMIT-
   27  ED SECURE SETTINGS AS PART OF  AN  APPROVED  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SERVICES
   28  CLOSE  TO  HOME  INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE
   29  SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, BEGINNING ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF  THE  PLAN  THAT
   30  COVERS  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS  PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS, IF THE
   31  DISTRICT DETERMINES THAT A SECURE LEVEL OF PLACEMENT IS APPROPRIATE  AND
   32  CONSISTENT  WITH  THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY AND THE NEEDS
   33  AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT PLACED INTO ITS  CARE,  THE  SOCIAL
   34  SERVICES  DISTRICT  SHALL FILE A PETITION TO TRANSFER THE CUSTODY OF THE
   35  RESPONDENT TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES,  AND  SHALL
   36  PROVIDE A COPY OF SUCH PETITION TO SUCH OFFICE. THE COURT SHALL RENDER A
   37  DECISION  WHETHER  THE  YOUTH  SHOULD  BE TRANSFERRED WITHIN SEVENTY-TWO
   38  HOURS, EXCLUDING WEEKENDS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS. THE FAMILY  COURT  SHALL,
   39  AFTER ALLOWING THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES AN OPPORTUNITY
   40  TO  BE  HEARD,  GRANT  SUCH A PETITION ONLY IF THE COURT DETERMINES, AND
   41  STATES IN ITS WRITTEN ORDER, THAT THE YOUTH  NEEDS  A  SECURE  LEVEL  OF
   42  PLACEMENT BECAUSE:
   43    (A)  THE  RESPONDENT  HAS  BEEN SHOWN TO BE EXCEPTIONALLY DANGEROUS TO
   44  HIMSELF OR HERSELF OR TO OTHER PERSONS. EXCEPTIONALLY DANGEROUS BEHAVIOR
   45  MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO,  ONE  OR  MORE  SERIOUS  INTENTIONAL
   46  ASSAULTS, SEXUAL ASSAULTS OR SETTING FIRES; OR,
   47    (B)  THE  RESPONDENT HAS DEMONSTRATED BY A PATTERN OF BEHAVIOR THAT HE
   48  OR SHE NEEDS A MORE STRUCTURED SETTING AND THE SOCIAL SERVICES  DISTRICT
   49  HAS  CONSIDERED THE APPROPRIATENESS AND AVAILABILITY OF A TRANSFER TO AN
   50  ALTERNATIVE NON-SECURE OR LIMITED SECURE  FACILITY.  SUCH  BEHAVIOR  MAY
   51  INCLUDE,  BUT  IS  NOT  LIMITED  TO:  DISRUPTIONS  IN FACILITY PROGRAMS;
   52  CONTINUOUSLY AND MALICIOUSLY DESTROYING PROPERTY; OR, REPEATEDLY COMMIT-
   53  TING OR INCITING OTHER YOUTH TO COMMIT ASSAULTIVE OR DESTRUCTIVE ACTS.
   54    (III) THE COURT MAY ORDER THAT THE RESPONDENT BE  HOUSED  IN  A  LOCAL
   55  SECURE  DETENTION  FACILITY ON AN INTERIM BASIS PENDING ITS FINAL RULING
   56  ON THE PETITION FILED PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH.
       S. 6257--B                         68                         A. 9057--B
    1    (B) THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY IF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
    2  FAMILY SERVICES FILES A  PETITION  WITH  A  FAMILY  COURT  IN  A  SOCIAL
    3  SERVICES  DISTRICT  WITH  AN APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO
    4  HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR  HUNDRED  FOUR  OF  THE  SOCIAL
    5  SERVICES LAW TO TRANSFER, WITHIN THE FIRST NINETY DAYS THAT SUCH PLAN IS
    6  EFFECTIVE,  TO  SUCH  DISTRICT  A RESPONDENT PLACED IN THE OFFICE'S CARE
    7  PURSUANT TO EITHER SECTION 353.3 OR 353. 5 OF THIS PART:
    8    (I) IF THE DISTRICT ONLY HAS AN APPROVED  PLAN  THAT  COVERS  JUVENILE
    9  DELINQUENTS  PLACED IN NON-SECURE SETTINGS, THE FAMILY COURT SHALL GRANT
   10  SUCH A PETITION, WITHOUT A HEARING, UNLESS THE ATTORNEY FOR THE RESPOND-
   11  ENT OBJECTS TO THE TRANSFER ON THE BASIS THAT THE RESPONDENT NEEDS TO BE
   12  PLACED IN A LIMITED SECURE OR SECURE SETTING OR THE FAMILY COURT  DETER-
   13  MINES  THAT  THERE  IS INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION IN THE PETITION TO GRANT
   14  THE TRANSFER WITHOUT A HEARING. THE FAMILY COURT SHALL GRANT  THE  PETI-
   15  TION  UNLESS  THE COURT DETERMINES, AND STATES IN ITS WRITTEN ORDER, THE
   16  REASONS WHY A SECURE  OR  LIMITED  SECURE  PLACEMENT  IS  NECESSARY  AND
   17  CONSISTENT  WITH  THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT AND THE
   18  NEED FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY.
   19    (II) IF THE DISTRICT HAS AN APPROVED PLAN OR APPROVED PLANS THAT COVER
   20  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS  PLACED  IN  NON-SECURE  AND  IN  LIMITED   SECURE
   21  SETTINGS,  FOR  THE FIRST NINETY DAYS THAT THE PLAN THAT COVERS JUVENILE
   22  DELINQUENTS IN LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS IS EFFECTIVE,  THE  FAMILY  COURT
   23  SHALL  GRANT SUCH A PETITION, WITHOUT A HEARING, UNLESS THE ATTORNEY FOR
   24  THE RESPONDENT OBJECTS TO THE TRANSFER ON THE BASIS THAT THE  RESPONDENT
   25  NEEDS  TO  BE  PLACED IN A SECURE SETTING OR THE FAMILY COURT DETERMINES
   26  THAT THERE IS INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION IN  THE  PETITION  TO  GRANT  THE
   27  TRANSFER  WITHOUT  A  HEARING. THE FAMILY COURT SHALL GRANT THE PETITION
   28  UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES,  AND  STATES  IN  ITS  WRITTEN  ORDER,  THE
   29  REASONS  WHY  A  SECURE  PLACEMENT  IS NECESSARY AND CONSISTENT WITH THE
   30  NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT AND THE NEED  FOR  PROTECTION
   31  OF THE COMMUNITY.
   32    (C)  BEGINNING  NINETY-ONE  DAYS  AFTER  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE A SOCIAL
   33  SERVICES DISTRICT'S PLAN TO  IMPLEMENT  PROGRAMS  FOR  JUVENILE  JUSTICE
   34  SERVICES  CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR
   35  OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES  LAW,  IF  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
   36  SERVICES  FILES  A  PETITION  TO  TRANSFER TO SUCH DISTRICT A RESPONDENT
   37  PLACED IN THE OFFICE'S CARE PURSUANT TO EITHER SECTION 353.3 OR 353.5 OF
   38  THIS PART FROM A FAMILY COURT IN SUCH A SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT,  THE
   39  OFFICE  SHALL  PROVIDE  A  COPY  OF  THE PETITION TO THE SOCIAL SERVICES
   40  DISTRICT AND THE PRESENTMENT AGENCY.
   41    (I) IF THE DISTRICT ONLY HAS AN APPROVED  PLAN  THAT  COVERS  JUVENILE
   42  DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE SETTINGS, THE FAMILY COURT SHALL, AFTER
   43  ALLOWING  THE  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT  AND THE PRESENTMENT AGENCY AN
   44  OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD, GRANT A PETITION FILED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBPAR-
   45  AGRAPH UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES, AND STATES IN ITS WRITTEN ORDER, THE
   46  REASONS WHY A SECURE  OR  LIMITED  SECURE  PLACEMENT  IS  NECESSARY  AND
   47  CONSISTENT  WITH  THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT AND THE
   48  NEED FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY.
   49    (II) IF THE DISTRICT HAS AN APPROVED PLAN OR APPROVED PLANS THAT COVER
   50  JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN NON-SECURE AND LIMITED  SECURE  SETTINGS,
   51  BEGINNING  NINETY-ONE  DAYS  AFTER  THE  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN THAT
   52  COVERS JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PLACED IN LIMITED SECURE SETTINGS, THE FAMI-
   53  LY COURT, AFTER ALLOWING THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT AND  THE  PRESENT-
   54  MENT  AGENCY  AN  OPPORTUNITY  TO BE HEARD, SHALL GRANT A PETITION FILED
   55  PURSUANT TO THIS SUBPARAGRAPH, UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES,  AND  STATES
   56  IN  ITS  WRITTEN  ORDER, THE REASONS WHY A SECURE PLACEMENT IS NECESSARY
       S. 6257--B                         69                         A. 9057--B
    1  AND CONSISTENT WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE  RESPONDENT  AND
    2  THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY.
    3    S  9. Subdivision 1 of section 355.5 of the family court act, as added
    4  by chapter 7 of the laws of 1999, is amended to read as follows:
    5    1. For the purposes of this section  the  term  "non-secure  facility"
    6  means  a facility operated by an authorized agency in accordance with an
    7  operating certificate issued pursuant to the social services  law  or  a
    8  facility[,  not  including  a secure or limited secure facility,] with a
    9  capacity of twenty-five beds or less operated by the office of  children
   10  and  family services in accordance with section five hundred four of the
   11  executive law. THE TERM SHALL NOT INCLUDE A LIMITED SECURE OR  A  SECURE
   12  FACILITY  OPERATED  BY  THE  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR A
   13  LIMITED SECURE FACILITY WITHIN A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT  OPERATING  AN
   14  APPROVED  JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO
   15  SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW.
   16    S 10. Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary,  the
   17  state shall be authorized to lease to the city of New York, for a dollar
   18  a  year, any real property utilized for the care, maintenance and super-
   19  vision of adjudicated juvenile delinquents for use by a social  services
   20  district  pursuant  to  an approved plan for a juvenile justice services
   21  close to home initiative for the purpose of  carrying  out  any  powers,
   22  functions or duties described in section four hundred four of the social
   23  services  law,  or any other provision of this act. The city of New York
   24  shall be responsible for the all costs  associated  with  operating  and
   25  maintaining  such  real  property other than any debt services costs for
   26  such property that were in existence when the lease was executed. Appli-
   27  cable state officials shall be authorized to make  announced  and  unan-
   28  nounced  inspections  of  the  property to determine whether it is being
   29  maintained in an appropriate manner. The  city  of  New  York  shall  be
   30  responsible  for making any repairs to such leased property necessary to
   31  maintain the property in at least as good as condition as  it  was  when
   32  the  property was first leased to the city, allowing for normal wear and
   33  tear, and shall return the property to the state, when the lease ends or
   34  is terminated, in the same or better condition than the property was  in
   35  at  the  time  the  lease was first executed, aside from normal wear and
   36  tear.  The city of New York shall obtain prior approval from  the  state
   37  for  any  major  renovations to any such leased property. The leasing to
   38  the social services district or the  subleasing,  design,  construction,
   39  reconstruction,  improvement,  rehabilitation,  maintaining, furnishing,
   40  repairing, equipping or use of any such facility by the social  services
   41  district  for the care, maintenance and supervision of adjudicated juve-
   42  nile delinquents shall not be subject to the provisions of any  general,
   43  special  or  local  law, city charter, administrative code, ordinance or
   44  resolution governing uniform land use review procedures, any other  land
   45  use  planning  review  and  approvals, historic preservation procedures,
   46  architectural reviews, franchise approvals  and  other  state  or  local
   47  review  and  approval  procedures  governing  the  use  of  land and the
   48  improvements thereon within the city.
   49    S 11. This act shall take effect April 1, 2012  and  shall  expire  on
   50  March  31,  2018 when upon such date the provisions of this act shall be
   51  deemed repealed; provided,  however,  that  effective  immediately,  the
   52  addition,  amendment  and/or  repeal of any rule or regulation necessary
   53  for the implementation of this act on its effective date are  authorized
   54  and  directed to be made and completed on or before such effective date;
   55  provided, however, upon the  repeal  of  this  act,  a  social  services
   56  district  that  has  custody  of  a  juvenile  delinquent pursuant to an
       S. 6257--B                         70                         A. 9057--B
    1  approved juvenile justice services close to home initiative shall retain
    2  custody of such juvenile delinquent until custody may be legally  trans-
    3  ferred  in  an  orderly  fashion  to  the  office of children and family
    4  services.
    5                                  SUBPART B
    6    Section 1. Section 398 of the social services law is amended by adding
    7  a new subdivision 3-a to read as follows:
    8    3-A. AS TO DELINQUENT CHILDREN:
    9    (A)(1)  CONDITIONALLY  RELEASE ANY JUVENILE DELINQUENT PLACED WITH THE
   10  DISTRICT TO  AFTERCARE  WHENEVER  THE  DISTRICT  DETERMINES  CONDITIONAL
   11  RELEASE TO BE CONSISTENT WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF SUCH JUVE-
   12  NILE DELINQUENT, THAT SUITABLE CARE AND SUPERVISION CAN BE PROVIDED, AND
   13  THAT THERE IS A REASONABLE PROBABILITY THAT SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT CAN
   14  BE  CONDITIONALLY  RELEASED WITHOUT ENDANGERING PUBLIC SAFETY; PROVIDED,
   15  HOWEVER, THAT SUCH CONDITIONAL RELEASE SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH
   16  THE  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, AND
   17  PROVIDED FURTHER THAT NO JUVENILE DELINQUENT WHILE ABSENT FROM A FACILI-
   18  TY OR PROGRAM WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE DIRECTOR OF  SUCH  FACILITY  OR
   19  PROGRAM SHALL BE CONDITIONALLY RELEASED BY THE DISTRICT SOLELY BY REASON
   20  OF THE ABSENCE.
   21    (2) IT SHALL BE A CONDITION OF SUCH RELEASE THAT A JUVENILE DELINQUENT
   22  SO  RELEASED  SHALL  CONTINUE  TO  BE  THE  RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SOCIAL
   23  SERVICES DISTRICT FOR THE PERIOD PROVIDED IN THE ORDER OF PLACEMENT.
   24    (3) THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT MAY PROVIDE  CLOTHING,  SERVICES  AND
   25  OTHER NECESSITIES FOR ANY CONDITIONALLY RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT, AS
   26  MAY  BE  REQUIRED,  INCLUDING  MEDICAL CARE AND SERVICES NOT PROVIDED TO
   27  SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT AS MEDICAL ASSISTANCE FOR NEEDY PERSONS  PURSU-
   28  ANT TO TITLE ELEVEN OF ARTICLE FIVE OF THIS CHAPTER.
   29    (4)  THE  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT, PURSUANT TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE
   30  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, MAY CAUSE A JUVENILE  DELINQUENT
   31  TO BE RETURNED TO A FACILITY OPERATED AND MAINTAINED BY THE DISTRICT, OR
   32  AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE DISTRICT, AT ANY TIME WITH-
   33  IN THE PERIOD OF PLACEMENT, WHERE THERE IS A VIOLATION OF THE CONDITIONS
   34  OF RELEASE OR A CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES.
   35    (5)  JUVENILE  DELINQUENTS CONDITIONALLY RELEASED BY A SOCIAL SERVICES
   36  DISTRICT MAY BE PROVIDED FOR AS FOLLOWS:
   37    (I) IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT,  THERE  IS  NO
   38  SUITABLE  PARENT, RELATIVE OR GUARDIAN TO WHOM A JUVENILE DELINQUENT CAN
   39  BE  CONDITIONALLY  RELEASED,  AND  SUITABLE  CARE  CANNOT  OTHERWISE  BE
   40  SECURED, THE DISTRICT MAY CONDITIONALLY RELEASE SUCH JUVENILE DELINQUENT
   41  TO THE CARE OF ANY OTHER SUITABLE PERSON.
   42    (II)  IF  A  CONDITIONALLY  RELEASED JUVENILE DELINQUENT IS SUBJECT TO
   43  ARTICLE SIXTY-FIVE OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ELECTS TO PARTICIPATE  IN  AN
   44  EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM LEADING TO A HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMA, HE OR SHE SHALL BE
   45  ENROLLED  IN  A  SCHOOL  OR EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM LEADING TO A HIGH SCHOOL
   46  DIPLOMA FOLLOWING RELEASE, OR, IF SUCH RELEASE OCCURS DURING THE  SUMMER
   47  RECESS,  UPON  THE  COMMENCEMENT  OF  THE  NEXT SCHOOL TERM. IF A CONDI-
   48  TIONALLY  RELEASED  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  IS  NOT  SUBJECT  TO   ARTICLE
   49  SIXTY-FIVE OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND DOES NOT ELECT TO PARTICIPATE IN AN
   50  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM  LEADING  TO  A HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMA, STEPS SHALL BE
   51  TAKEN, TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, TO FACILITATE HIS OR HER GAINFUL  EMPLOY-
   52  MENT OR ENROLLMENT IN A VOCATIONAL PROGRAM FOLLOWING RELEASE.
   53    (B)  WHEN  A  JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  PLACED  WITH  THE  SOCIAL SERVICES
   54  DISTRICT IS ABSENT FROM PLACEMENT WITHOUT CONSENT,  SUCH  ABSENCE  SHALL
       S. 6257--B                         71                         A. 9057--B
    1  INTERRUPT  THE CALCULATION OF TIME FOR HIS OR HER PLACEMENT. SUCH INTER-
    2  RUPTION SHALL CONTINUE UNTIL SUCH JUVENILE  DELINQUENT  RETURNS  TO  THE
    3  FACILITY  OR  AUTHORIZED AGENCY IN WHICH HE OR SHE WAS PLACED. PROVIDED,
    4  HOWEVER,  THAT  ANY  TIME SPENT BY A JUVENILE DELINQUENT IN CUSTODY FROM
    5  THE DATE OF ABSENCE TO THE DATE  PLACEMENT  RESUMES  SHALL  BE  CREDITED
    6  AGAINST THE TIME OF SUCH PLACEMENT PROVIDED THAT SUCH CUSTODY:
    7    (1) WAS DUE TO AN ARREST OR SURRENDER BASED UPON THE ABSENCE; OR
    8    (2)  AROSE FROM AN ARREST OR SURRENDER ON ANOTHER CHARGE WHICH DID NOT
    9  CULMINATE IN A CONVICTION, ADJUDICATION OR ADJUSTMENT.
   10    (C) IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION, NO JUVENILE
   11  DELINQUENT PLACED WITH A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT OPERATING AN  APPROVED
   12  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SERVICES CLOSE TO HOME INITIATIVE PURSUANT TO SECTION
   13  FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THIS CHAPTER PURSUANT TO  A  RESTRICTIVE  PLACEMENT
   14  UNDER  THE FAMILY COURT ACT SHALL BE RELEASED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO SECTION
   15  353.5 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
   16    S 2. Section 351.1 of the family court act is amended by adding a  new
   17  subdivision 2-b to read as follows:
   18    2-B.   THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES SHALL DEVELOP A VALI-
   19  DATED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY RISK  ASSESS-
   20  MENT  PROCESS FOR JUVENILE DELINQUENTS.  THE DIVISION SHALL PERIODICALLY
   21  REVALIDATE ANY APPROVED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL  RISK  ASSESSMENT  INSTRUMENT.
   22  THE  DIVISION  OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES SHALL CONSPICUOUSLY POST ANY
   23  APPROVED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL  RISK  ASSESSMENT  INSTRUMENT  AND  ANY  RISK
   24  ASSESSMENT  PROCESS  ON  ITS  WEBSITE  AND SHALL CONFER WITH APPROPRIATE
   25  STAKEHOLDERS, INCLUDING BUT NOT  LIMITED  TO,  ATTORNEYS  FOR  CHILDREN,
   26  PRESENTMENT  AGENCIES, PROBATION AND THE FAMILY COURT, PRIOR TO REVISING
   27  ANY VALIDATED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT  OR  PROCESS.
   28  ANY  SUCH  REVISED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT SHALL BE
   29  SUBJECT TO PERIODIC EMPIRICAL VALIDATION.    THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL
   30  JUSTICE  SERVICES SHALL PROVIDE TRAINING ON THE INSTRUMENT AND ANY PROC-
   31  ESS TO THE FAMILY COURTS, LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENTS, PRESENTMENT AGEN-
   32  CIES AND COURT APPOINTED ATTORNEYS FOR  RESPONDENTS.  THE  DIVISION  MAY
   33  DETERMINE  THAT  A  PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND ANY
   34  PROCESS IN USE PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWO-A OF SECTION  351.1  OF  THIS
   35  PART  MAY  CONTINUE  TO  BE USED PURSUANT TO SUCH SUBDIVISION INSTEAD OF
   36  REQUIRING THE USE OF ANY INSTRUMENT OR  PROCESS  DEVELOPED  PURSUANT  TO
   37  THIS SUBDIVISION.
   38    (A)  ONCE  AN  INITIAL  VALIDATED  RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND RISK
   39  ASSESSMENT PROCESS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED, THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
   40  SERVICES SHALL PROVIDE THE SUPERVISING FAMILY  COURT  JUDGES  AND  LOCAL
   41  PROBATION  DEPARTMENTS  WITH  COPIES  OF  THE  VALIDATED RISK ASSESSMENT
   42  INSTRUMENT AND PROCESS AND NOTIFY THEM OF  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF  THE
   43  INSTRUMENT  AND  PROCESS,  WHICH SHALL BE AT LEAST SIX MONTHS AFTER SUCH
   44  NOTIFICATION.
   45    (B) COMMENCING ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A  VALIDATED  RISK  ASSESSMENT
   46  INSTRUMENT   AND  ANY  RISK  ASSESSMENT  PROCESS  AND  THEREAFTER,  EACH
   47  PROBATION INVESTIGATION ORDERED UNDER SUBDIVISION TWO  OF  THIS  SECTION
   48  SHALL  INCLUDE  THE  RESULTS  OF  THE  VALIDATED  RISK ASSESSMENT OF THE
   49  RESPONDENT AND PROCESS, IF ANY; AND A RESPONDENT SHALL NOT BE PLACED  IN
   50  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 353.3 OR 353.5 OF THIS PART UNLESS THE COURT HAS
   51  RECEIVED  AND  GIVEN  DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE RESULTS OF SUCH VALIDATED
   52  RISK ASSESSMENT AND ANY PROCESS AND MADE THE FINDINGS REQUIRED  PURSUANT
   53  TO PARAGRAPH (G) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 352.2 OF THIS PART.
   54    (C)  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, DATA
   55  NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF A PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT  INSTRU-
   56  MENT MAY BE SHARED BETWEEN LAW ENFORCEMENT, PROBATION, COURTS, DETENTION
       S. 6257--B                         72                         A. 9057--B
    1  ADMINISTRATIONS,  DETENTION  PROVIDERS,  PRESENTMENT  AGENCIES  AND  THE
    2  ATTORNEY FOR THE CHILD UPON RETENTION  OR  APPOINTMENT  SOLELY  FOR  THE
    3  PURPOSE OF ACCURATE COMPLETION OF SUCH RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT, AND A
    4  COPY OF THE COMPLETED PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT SHALL
    5  BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE APPLICABLE COURT.
    6    (D) LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENTS SHALL PROVIDE THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL
    7  JUSTICE SERVICES WITH INFORMATION REGARDING USE OF THE PRE-DISPOSITIONAL
    8  RISK  ASSESSMENT  INSTRUMENT AND ANY RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS IN THE TIME
    9  AND MANNER REQUIRED BY THE DIVISION. THE DIVISION MAY REQUIRE THAT  SUCH
   10  DATA  BE  SUBMITTED  TO  THE DIVISION ELECTRONICALLY. THE DIVISION SHALL
   11  SHARE SUCH INFORMATION WITH THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
   12    S 3. Subdivision 2 of section 352.2 of the family court act is amended
   13  by adding a new paragraph (g) to read as follows:
   14    (G)(I) ONCE A  VALIDATED  RISK  ASSESSMENT  INSTRUMENT  AND  ANY  RISK
   15  ASSESSMENT  PROCESS  IS  A REQUIRED PART OF EACH PROBATION INVESTIGATION
   16  ORDERED UNDER SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 351.1 OF THIS PART AND PROVIDED
   17  TO THE COURT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBDIVISION TWO-B OF SUCH  SECTION,  THE
   18  COURT SHALL GIVE DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE RESULTS OF SUCH VALIDATED RISK
   19  ASSESSMENT  AND ANY SUCH PROCESS WHEN DETERMINING THE APPROPRIATE DISPO-
   20  SITION FOR THE RESPONDENT.
   21    (II) ANY ORDER OF THE COURT DIRECTING THE PLACEMENT  OF  A  RESPONDENT
   22  INTO A RESIDENTIAL PROGRAM SHALL STATE:
   23    (A) THE LEVEL OF RISK THE YOUTH WAS ASSESSED PURSUANT TO THE VALIDATED
   24  RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT; AND
   25    (B)  IF  A DETERMINATION IS MADE TO PLACE A YOUTH IN A HIGHER LEVEL OF
   26  PLACEMENT THAN APPEARS WARRANTED BASED ON SUCH RISK  ASSESSMENT  INSTRU-
   27  MENT  AND  ANY  RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS, THE PARTICULAR REASONS WHY SUCH
   28  PLACEMENT WAS DETERMINED TO BE  NECESSARY  FOR  THE  PROTECTION  OF  THE
   29  COMMUNITY  AND TO BE CONSISTENT WITH THE NEEDS AND BEST INTERESTS OF THE
   30  RESPONDENT; AND
   31    (C) THAT A LESS RESTRICTIVE ALTERNATIVE THAT WOULD BE CONSISTENT  WITH
   32  THE  NEEDS  AND  BEST  INTERESTS  OF  THE  RESPONDENT  AND  THE NEED FOR
   33  PROTECTION OF THE COMMUNITY IS NOT AVAILABLE.
   34    S 4. The opening paragraph of subdivision 2 of section  353.3  of  the
   35  family court act, as amended by section 6 of part G of chapter 58 of the
   36  laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
   37    Where  the  respondent  is  placed  with the commissioner of the local
   38  social services district[, the court  may  direct  the  commissioner  to
   39  place  him or her with an authorized agency or class of authorized agen-
   40  cies, including, if] AND the court finds that the respondent is a  sexu-
   41  ally  exploited  child  as  defined  in  subdivision one of section four
   42  hundred forty-seven-a of the social  services  law[,]  AND  PLACES  SUCH
   43  RESPONDENT  IN  an  available  long-term safe house. Unless the disposi-
   44  tional order provides otherwise, the court so  directing  shall  include
   45  one of the following alternatives to apply in the event that the commis-
   46  sioner is unable to so place the respondent:
   47    S  5.  The  opening paragraph of subdivision 3 of section 353.3 of the
   48  family court act, as amended by section 6 of part G of chapter 58 of the
   49  laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
   50     Where the respondent is placed with the office of children and family
   51  services, the court shall, unless [it directs the office to place him or
   52  her with an authorized agency or class of authorized agencies, including
   53  if] the court finds that the respondent is a sexually exploited child as
   54  defined in subdivision one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of  the
   55  social  services law[,] AND PLACES SUCH RESPONDENT IN an available long-
       S. 6257--B                         73                         A. 9057--B
    1  term safe house pursuant to subdivision four of this section,  authorize
    2  the office to do one of the following:
    3    S  6.  Subdivision  4  of  section  353.3  of the family court act, as
    4  amended by section 6 of part G of chapter 58 of the  laws  of  2010,  is
    5  amended to read as follows:
    6    4.  Where  the  respondent  is  placed with the office of children and
    7  family services, AND IF THE COURT FINDS THAT THE RESPONDENT IS A SEXUAL-
    8  LY EXPLOITED CHILD AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION FOUR HUNDRED
    9  FORTY-SEVEN-A OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES  LAW,  the  court  may  direct  the
   10  office  to  place  the respondent [with an authorized agency or class of
   11  authorized agencies, including, if the court finds that  the  respondent
   12  is  a  sexually exploited child as defined in subdivision one of section
   13  four hundred forty-seven-a of the social services law,] IN an  available
   14  long-term  safe house, and in the event the office is unable to so place
   15  the respondent [or, discontinues the placement with the authorized agen-
   16  cy], the respondent shall be deemed to have been placed with the  office
   17  pursuant  to  paragraph (b) or (c) of subdivision three of this section.
   18  [In such cases, the office shall notify the court,  presentment  agency,
   19  respondent's  attorney  and  parent  or other person responsible for the
   20  respondent's care, of the reason for discontinuing  the  placement  with
   21  the  authorized  agency and the level and location of the youth's place-
   22  ment.]
   23    S 7. Subdivisions 1 and 2 of section 355.4 of the family court act, as
   24  added by chapter 479 of the  laws  of  1992,  are  amended  to  read  as
   25  follows:
   26    1.  At  the  conclusion  of the dispositional hearing pursuant to this
   27  article, where the respondent is to be placed  with  the  [division  for
   28  youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES OR A SOCIAL SERVICES
   29  DISTRICT, the court shall inquire as to whether  the  parents  or  legal
   30  guardian  of  the  youth,  if  present,  will consent for the [division]
   31  OFFICE OR THE DISTRICT to provide routine  medical,  dental  and  mental
   32  health services and treatment.
   33    2.  Notwithstanding  subdivision  one of this section, where the court
   34  places a youth  with  the  [division]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
   35  SERVICES  OR  A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT pursuant to this article and no
   36  medical consent has been obtained prior to an order of disposition,  the
   37  placement  order  shall be deemed to grant consent for the [division for
   38  youth] OFFICE OR THE DISTRICT to provide for routine medical, dental and
   39  mental health services and treatment to such youth so placed.
   40    S 8. This act shall take effect April 1, 2012; provided, however, that
   41  effective immediately, the addition, amendment and/or repeal of any rule
   42  or regulation necessary for the implementation of this act on its effec-
   43  tive date are authorized and directed to be made  and  completed  on  or
   44  before such effective date.
   45    S 3. Severability clause. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
   46  sion,  section  or  part  of  this act shall be adjudged by any court of
   47  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment  shall  not  affect,
   48  impair,  or  invalidate  the remainder thereof, but shall be confined in
   49  its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,  section
   50  or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judg-
   51  ment shall have been rendered. It is hereby declared to be the intent of
   52  the  legislature  that  this  act  would  have been enacted even if such
   53  invalid provisions had not been included herein.
   54    S 4. This act shall take effect immediately; provided,  however,  that
   55  the  applicable  effective date of subparts A and B of this act shall be
   56  as specifically set forth in the last section of such subparts.
       S. 6257--B                         74                         A. 9057--B
    1                                   PART H
    2    Section  1.  Paragraph  (a) of subdivision 1 of section 1 of part U of
    3  chapter 57 of the laws of 2005 amending the labor  law  and  other  laws
    4  implementing  the state fiscal plan for the 2005-2006 state fiscal year,
    5  relating to the New York state higher education capital  matching  grant
    6  program  for  independent colleges, as amended by section 1 of part I of
    7  chapter 60 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
    8    (a) The New York state higher education capital matching  grant  board
    9  is  hereby  created to have and exercise the powers, duties and preroga-
   10  tives provided by the provisions of this section and any other provision
   11  of law. The board shall remain in existence during the period of the New
   12  York state higher education capital  matching  grant  program  from  the
   13  effective  date  of  this  section through March 31, [2012] 2013, or the
   14  date on which the last of the funds  available  for  grants  under  this
   15  section  shall  have  been  disbursed,  whichever  is earlier; provided,
   16  however, that the termination of the existence of the  board  shall  not
   17  affect the power and authority of the dormitory authority to perform its
   18  obligations  with  respect  to  any  bonds, notes, or other indebtedness
   19  issued or incurred pursuant to authority granted in this section.
   20    S 2. Paragraph (h) of subdivision 4 of section 1 of part U of  chapter
   21  57  of the laws of 2005 amending the labor law and other laws implement-
   22  ing the state fiscal plan for the 2005-2006 state fiscal year,  relating
   23  to  the New York state higher education matching grant program for inde-
   24  pendent colleges, as amended by section 2 of part M of chapter 59 of the
   25  laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
   26    (h) If a college did not apply for a  potential  grant  by  March  31,
   27  2009,  funds associated with such potential grant shall be awarded, on a
   28  competitive basis, to other colleges, according to  the  priorities  set
   29  forth  below. Colleges shall be eligible to apply for unutilized grants.
   30  In such cases, the following priorities  shall  apply:  first,  priority
   31  shall be given to otherwise eligible colleges that either were, or would
   32  have  been,  deemed  ineligible for the program prior to March 31, 2009,
   33  due to missed deadlines, insufficient matching funds, lack  of  accredi-
   34  tation  or  other disqualifying reasons; and second, after the board has
   35  acted upon all such first-priority applications for unused funds, if any
   36  such funds remain, those funds shall be available  for  distribution  to
   37  eligible  colleges that are located within the same Regents of the State
   38  of New York region for which such funds were originally allocated.   The
   39  dormitory  authority  shall develop a request for proposals and applica-
   40  tion process, in consultation with the board, for such grants and  shall
   41  develop  criteria,  subject  to review by the board, for the awarding of
   42  such grants. Such  criteria  shall  incorporate  the  matching  criteria
   43  contained  in  paragraph  (c)  of  this subdivision, and the application
   44  criteria set forth in paragraph (e) of this subdivision.  The  dormitory
   45  authority  shall require all applications in response to the request for
   46  proposals to be submitted by September 1, [2010]  2012,  and  the  board
   47  shall  act  on  each application for such matching grants by November 1,
   48  [2010] 2012.
   49    S 3. Subclause (A) of clause (ii) of paragraph (j) of subdivision 4 of
   50  section 1 of part U of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005 amending the labor
   51  law and other laws implementing the state fiscal plan for the  2005-2006
   52  state  fiscal  year,  relating  to  the  New York state higher education
   53  matching grant program for independent colleges, as amended by section 2
   54  of part I of chapter 60 of the laws of  2011,  is  amended  to  read  as
   55  follows:
       S. 6257--B                         75                         A. 9057--B
    1    (A) Notwithstanding the provision of any general or special law to the
    2  contrary,  and  subject  to  the provisions of chapter 59 of the laws of
    3  2000 and to the making of annual appropriations therefor by the legisla-
    4  ture, in order to assist the dormitory authority in providing such high-
    5  er  education  capital  matching  grants,  the director of the budget is
    6  authorized in any state fiscal year commencing  April  1,  2005  or  any
    7  state  fiscal  year  thereafter  for a period ending on March 31, [2012]
    8  2014, to enter into one or more service contracts, none of  which  shall
    9  exceed  30  years  in  duration, with the dormitory authority, upon such
   10  terms as the director of the budget and the dormitory authority agree.
   11    S 4. Paragraph (b) of subdivision 7 of section 1 of part U of  chapter
   12  57  of the laws of 2005 amending the labor law and other laws implement-
   13  ing the state fiscal plan for the 2005-2006 state fiscal year,  relating
   14  to  the New York state higher education matching grant program for inde-
   15  pendent colleges, as amended by section 3 of part I of chapter 60 of the
   16  laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
   17    (b) Any eligible institution receiving a grant pursuant to this  arti-
   18  cle shall report to the dormitory authority no later than June 1, [2012]
   19  2013,  on  the use of funding received and its programmatic and economic
   20  impact. The dormitory authority shall submit  a  report  no  later  than
   21  November  1, [2012] 2013 to the board, the governor, the director of the
   22  budget, the temporary president of the senate, and the  speaker  of  the
   23  assembly  on the aggregate impact of the higher education capital match-
   24  ing grant program. Such report shall provide information on the progress
   25  and economic impact of such project.
   26    S 5. This act shall take effect immediately and  shall  be  deemed  to
   27  have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2012.
   28                                   PART I
   29    Section  1.  Section  5704  of the education law is amended to read as
   30  follows:
   31    S 5704. Trustees shall make reports; university subject to  visitation
   32  of  regents;  SERVICES  FOR  STATE  AGENCIES.    1. The trustees of said
   33  university shall make all the reports and perform such other acts as may
   34  be necessary to conform to the act of congress, entitled "An act  donat-
   35  ing public lands to the several states and territories which may provide
   36  colleges for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts," approved
   37  July  second,  eighteen  hundred sixty-two. The said university shall be
   38  subject to visitation of the regents of the university.
   39    2.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO  THE  CONTRARY,  AND
   40  SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW OF THE STATE COMPTROLLER, THE STATE MAY ENTER INTO
   41  AN  AGREEMENT  WITH  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESCRIBING  THE GENERAL TERMS AND
   42  CONDITIONS FOR PROVIDING SERVICES OR TECHNICAL  ASSISTANCE  PURSUANT  TO
   43  ARTICLE  ELEVEN  OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW OR PROGRAM ACTIVITIES PURSUANT
   44  TO ARTICLE ELEVEN-B OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW. SUBJECT TO SUCH TERMS  AND
   45  CONDITIONS, STATE AGENCIES MAY ENTER INTO AGREEMENTS WITH SAID UNIVERSI-
   46  TY  FOR THE PROVISION OF SUCH SERVICES, ASSISTANCE OR ACTIVITIES RELATED
   47  TO THE UNIVERSITY'S LAND GRANT MISSION, WHICH AGREEMENTS  SHALL  NOT  BE
   48  SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW.
   49    S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.
   50                                   PART J
   51    Section  1.    Subdivision  4 of section 4410 of the education law, as
   52  added by chapter 243 of the laws of 1989,  paragraph  a  as  amended  by
       S. 6257--B                         76                         A. 9057--B
    1  chapter  705  of the laws of 1992, paragraph c as amended by chapter 474
    2  of the laws of 1996 and paragraphs d and e as amended by chapter 520  of
    3  the laws of 1993, is amended to read as follows:
    4    4.  Evaluations.  a.  The  board  shall  identify each preschool child
    5  suspected of having a [handicapping condition]  DISABILITY  who  resides
    6  within  the district and, upon referral to the committee shall, with the
    7  consent of  the  parent,  provide  for  an  evaluation  related  to  the
    8  suspected disability of the child. The board shall make such identifica-
    9  tion in accordance with regulations of the commissioner.
   10    b. Each board shall, within time limits established by the commission-
   11  er,  be  responsible  for  providing  the  parent  of  a preschool child
   12  suspected of having a [handicapping condition] DISABILITY with a list of
   13  approved evaluators in the geographic area.  The parent may  select  the
   14  evaluator  from  such list.  PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT, FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
   15  TWELVE  --  TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND   THEREAFTER,   A
   16  LESS-THAN-ARM'S-LENGTH  RELATIONSHIP  SHALL NOT EXIST BETWEEN THE EVALU-
   17  ATOR SELECTED BY THE PARENT FROM SUCH LIST AND THE PROVIDER  RECOMMENDED
   18  BY THE BOARD TO DELIVER SERVICES TO THE PRESCHOOL CHILD WITH A DISABILI-
   19  TY, UNLESS APPROVAL OF THE COMMISSIONER IS OBTAINED OR FOR THE TWO THOU-
   20  SAND TWELVE -- TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL YEAR THE PRESCHOOL CHILD WAS
   21  ENROLLED  IN  SUCH  PROGRAM  IN THE PRIOR YEAR.   PROVIDED FURTHER THAT,
   22  UNLESS AUTHORIZED BY THE COMMISSIONER UPON A FINDING THAT THE BOARD  HAS
   23  DEMONSTRATED THAT THE PROGRAM OFFERED BY THE PROVIDER IS THE ONLY APPRO-
   24  PRIATE  PROGRAM  AVAILABLE  TO  PROVIDE THE PROGRAMS AND SERVICES RECOM-
   25  MENDED IN THE CHILD'S INDIVIDUALIZED EDUCATION  PROGRAM,  THE  EVALUATOR
   26  SELECTED  BY  THE  PARENT FROM SUCH LIST AND THE PROVIDER RECOMMENDED BY
   27  THE BOARD TO DELIVER SERVICES TO SUCH PRESCHOOL CHILD WITH A  DISABILITY
   28  SHALL NOT BE THE SAME ENTITY. Each board shall provide for dissemination
   29  of  the  list  and  other  information  to  parents at appropriate sites
   30  including but not limited to  pre-kindergarten,  day  care,  head  start
   31  programs  and early childhood direction centers, pursuant to regulations
   32  of the commissioner.
   33    c. The documentation of the evaluation shall  include  all  assessment
   34  reports and a summary report of the findings of the evaluation on a form
   35  prescribed  by  the  commissioner  including a detailed statement of the
   36  preschool child's individual needs. The summary report  shall  not  make
   37  reference  to  any specific provider of special services or programs. In
   38  addition, with the consent of  the  parents,  approved  evaluators  THAT
   39  CONDUCT  AN EVALUATION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION and committees shall
   40  be provided with the most recent evaluation report for a child in  tran-
   41  sition  from  programs  and  services provided pursuant to title [two-a]
   42  TWO-A of article twenty-five of the public  health  law.  Nothing  shall
   43  prohibit  an  approved evaluator THAT CONDUCTS AN EVALUATION PURSUANT TO
   44  THIS SUBDIVISION or the committee from reviewing  other  assessments  or
   45  evaluations  to determine if such assessments or evaluations fulfill the
   46  requirements of the regulations of the commissioner. Notwithstanding any
   47  inconsistent  provisions  of  this  section,  the  committee,   in   its
   48  discretion,  may obtain an evaluation of the child from another approved
   49  evaluator prior to making any recommendation that would place a child in
   50  the approved program that conducted the initial evaluation of the child.
   51    d. The approved evaluator shall, following completion  of  the  evalu-
   52  ation,  transmit  the  documentation of the evaluation to all members of
   53  the committee and to a person designated by the  municipality  in  which
   54  the   preschool  child  resides.  Each  municipality  shall  notify  the
   55  [approved evaluators in the geographic area] COMMITTEE of the person  so
   56  designated. The summary report of the evaluation shall be transmitted in
       S. 6257--B                         77                         A. 9057--B
    1  English  and when necessary, also in the dominant language or other mode
    2  of communication of the parent;  the  documentation  of  the  evaluation
    3  shall  be  transmitted  in  English and, upon the request of the parent,
    4  also  in  the  dominant  language  or other mode of communication of the
    5  parent, unless not clearly feasible to do  so  pursuant  to  regulations
    6  promulgated by the commissioner. Costs of translating the summary report
    7  and  documentation of the evaluation shall be separately reimbursed. If,
    8  based on the evaluation, the committee finds that a child has a  [handi-
    9  capping condition] DISABILITY, the committee shall use the documentation
   10  of the evaluation to develop an individualized education program for the
   11  preschool  child.  Nothing  herein  shall prohibit an approved evaluator
   12  from at any time providing the parent with a copy of  the  documentation
   13  of the evaluation provided to the committee.
   14    e.  Prior to the committee meeting at which eligibility will be deter-
   15  mined, the committee shall provide the parent with a copy of the summary
   16  report  of  the findings of the evaluation, and shall provide the parent
   17  with written notice of the  opportunity  to  address  the  committee  in
   18  person  or  in writing. Upon timely request of the parent, the committee
   19  shall, prior to meeting, provide a copy of all written documentation  to
   20  be  considered  by  the committee; provided, however, that such material
   21  shall be provided to the parent at any time upon request.
   22    f.  If the parent disagrees with the evaluation, the parent may obtain
   23  an additional evaluation at public expense to the extent  authorized  by
   24  federal law or regulation.
   25    S  2. Subparagraph (i) of paragraph b of subdivision 5 of section 4410
   26  of the education law, as amended by chapter 474 of the laws of 1996,  is
   27  amended to read as follows:
   28    (i)  If  the committee determines that the child has a disability, the
   29  committee shall  recommend  approved  appropriate  services  or  special
   30  programs  and  the  frequency,  duration and intensity of such services,
   31  including but not limited to the appropriateness of single  services  or
   32  half-day  programs based on the individual needs of the preschool child.
   33  The committee shall first consider the appropriateness of providing: (i)
   34  related services only; (ii) special education itinerant  services  only;
   35  (iii)  related  services in combination with special education itinerant
   36  services; (iv) a half-day program, as defined in the regulations of  the
   37  commissioner;  (v)  a full day program; in meeting the child's needs. If
   38  the committee determines that the child  demonstrates  the  need  for  a
   39  single  related  service,  such  service  shall be provided as a related
   40  service only or, where appropriate, as  a  special  education  itinerant
   41  service.  Prior  to  recommending  the  provision  of  special education
   42  services in a setting which includes only preschool children with  disa-
   43  bilities, the committee shall first consider providing special education
   44  services in a setting which includes age-appropriate peers without disa-
   45  bilities.  Provision  of special education services in a setting with no
   46  regular contact with such age-appropriate peers shall be considered only
   47  when the nature or severity of  the  child's  disability  is  such  that
   48  education in a less restrictive environment with the use of supplementa-
   49  ry  aids  and  services  cannot be achieved satisfactorily. IN ADDITION,
   50  PRIOR TO RECOMMENDING PLACEMENT OF A  PRESCHOOL  CHILD  IN  AN  APPROVED
   51  PROGRAM,  THE  COMMITTEE  SHALL  DETERMINE  WHETHER SUCH PLACEMENT IS AS
   52  CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE CHILD'S HOME AND, IN MAKING SUCH DETERMINATION,
   53  SHALL CONSIDER WHETHER  ANOTHER  APPROPRIATE  APPROVED  PROGRAM  LOCATED
   54  CLOSER  TO THE CHILD'S HOME IS AVAILABLE. The committee's recommendation
   55  shall include a statement of the reasons why less restrictive placements
   56  were not recommended, INCLUDING, WHERE THE COMMITTEE  RECOMMENDS  PLACE-
       S. 6257--B                         78                         A. 9057--B
    1  MENT  IN  AN APPROVED PROGRAM THAT IS MORE DISTANT FROM THE CHILD'S HOME
    2  THAN ANOTHER APPROVED PROGRAM OFFERING COMPARABLE  SERVICES  APPROPRIATE
    3  TO  THE  NEEDS  OF  THE  PRESCHOOL CHILD, AN EXPLANATION OF WHY THE MORE
    4  DISTANT  PROGRAM  WAS RECOMMENDED. The committee may recommend placement
    5  in a program that uses psychotropic drugs only  if  the  program  has  a
    6  written  policy pertaining to such use and the parent is given a copy of
    7  such written policy at the time such recommendation is made.
    8    S 3. Paragraph b of subdivision 11 of section 4410  of  the  education
    9  law, as amended by chapter 170 of the laws of 1994, subparagraph (ii) as
   10  amended  by  section  54  of  part  C of chapter 57 of the laws of 2004,
   11  subparagraph (iii) as amended by chapter 205 of the laws of 2009, clause
   12  (b) of subparagraph (iii) as amended by section 63 of part A of  chapter
   13  58  of  the laws of 2011, subparagraphs (iv) and (v) as added by chapter
   14  474 of the laws of 1996 and subparagraph  (vi) as added by section 1  of
   15  part  Q1  of  chapter  109  of  the  laws of 2006, is amended to read as
   16  follows:
   17    b.  (i)  Commencing  with  the  reimbursement  of  municipalities  for
   18  services provided pursuant to this section on or after July first, nine-
   19  teen  hundred  ninety-three,  AND  EXCEPT  AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS
   20  SUBPARAGRAPH, the  state  shall  reimburse  fifty-nine  and  [one  half]
   21  ONE-HALF  percent  of  the approved costs paid by a municipality for the
   22  purposes of this section. Commencing with the reimbursement  of  munici-
   23  palities  [for  services  provided  pursuant to this section on or after
   24  July first, nineteen hundred  ninety-four,  the  state  shall  reimburse
   25  sixty-nine  and one-half percent of the approved costs paid by a munici-
   26  pality for the purposes of this section. The state shall reimburse fifty
   27  percent of the approved costs paid by a municipality for the purposes of
   28  this section for services provided prior to July first, nineteen hundred
   29  ninety-three] OTHER THAN THE CITY OF  NEW  YORK  FOR  SERVICES  PROVIDED
   30  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION ON OR AFTER JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWELVE,
   31  THE STATE SHALL ALSO REIMBURSE SIXTY-SIX AND SIX-TENTHS PERCENT  OF  THE
   32  EXCESS LOCAL SHARE AMOUNT.  Such state reimbursement to the municipality
   33  shall  BE  NET  OF  ANY DEDUCTIONS PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (IV) OF THIS
   34  PARAGRAPH AND SHALL not be paid prior to April first of the school  year
   35  in which such approved costs are paid by the municipality.
   36    (ii)  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE
   37  COMMISSIONER, SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  BUDGET,
   38  SHALL  COMPUTE  AND  ESTABLISH  A  LOCAL SHARE BASE AMOUNT FOR CLAIMS BY
   39  MUNICIPALITIES OTHER THAN THE CITY OF NEW YORK  OF  THE  APPROVED  COSTS
   40  SUBJECT  TO  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT FOR SERVICES PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS
   41  SECTION IN EACH SCHOOL YEAR STARTING WITH THE TWO  THOUSAND  TWELVE--TWO
   42  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR.    FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH, THE
   43  "LOCAL SHARE BASE AMOUNT" MEANS THE PRODUCT OF (A)  FORTY  AND  ONE-HALF
   44  PERCENT AND (B) THE APPROVED COSTS INCURRED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION AND
   45  SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  TEN-A  OF THIS ARTICLE IN THE TWO THOUSAND
   46  ELEVEN--TWO THOUSAND TWELVE SCHOOL YEAR ATTRIBUTABLE TO EACH SUCH  MUNI-
   47  CIPALITY,  AND  THE  "LOCAL SHARE AMOUNT" MEANS THE PRODUCT OF (A) FORTY
   48  AND ONE-HALF PERCENT AND (B) THE APPROVED  COSTS  INCURRED  PURSUANT  TO
   49  THIS SECTION AND SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED TEN-A OF THIS ARTICLE IN THE
   50  CURRENT  SCHOOL  YEAR ATTRIBUTABLE TO EACH MUNICIPALITY, AND THE "EXCESS
   51  LOCAL SHARE AMOUNT" MEANS THE  POSITIVE  DIFFERENCE  BETWEEN  THE  LOCAL
   52  SHARE  AMOUNT  LESS  THE LOCAL SHARE BASE AMOUNT. THE COMMISSIONER SHALL
   53  ALSO COMPUTE THE "SCHOOL DISTRICT SHARE" FOR  EACH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OF
   54  RESIDENCE  OF PRESCHOOL CHILDREN WHO RESIDE WITHIN THE MUNICIPALITY, AND
   55  FOR EACH PRESCHOOL CHILD WHO IS HOMELESS OR A FOSTER  CARE  CHILD  LIVES
   56  AND  FOR  WHOM  THE  MUNICIPALITY  IS  THE  MUNICIPALITY OF RESIDENCE AS
       S. 6257--B                         79                         A. 9057--B
    1  DEFINED IN SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED TEN-A OF THIS ARTICLE. THE "SCHOOL
    2  DISTRICT SHARE" MEANS THE PRODUCT OF: (A) THIRTY-THREE AND  THREE-TENTHS
    3  PERCENT AND (B) THE EXCESS LOCAL SHARE AMOUNT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE SCHOOL
    4  DISTRICT.    THE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHARE SHALL BE A CHARGE UPON THE SCHOOL
    5  DISTRICT. THE COMMISSIONER SHALL DEDUCT AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO  SUCH  UNPAID
    6  OBLIGATION  FROM  ANY  PAYMENTS WHICH BECOME DUE TO SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT
    7  PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  EIGHT  OF
    8  THIS  CHAPTER.  WHERE  SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR PAYMENTS
    9  PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED EIGHT OR THE AMOUNT OF  SUCH
   10  UNPAID OBLIGATIONS EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT DUE TO SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT PURSU-
   11  ANT TO SUCH SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED EIGHT IN THE CURRENT SCHOOL YEAR,
   12  THE  COMMISSIONER SHALL DEDUCT AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO SUCH UNPAID OBLIGATION
   13  FROM ANY GENERAL AID FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS PAYMENTS  WHICH  BECOME  DUE  TO
   14  SUCH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  PURSUANT TO SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED NINE-A OF
   15  THIS CHAPTER, EXCLUDING PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO CLAUSE  (III)  OF  SUBPARA-
   16  GRAPH THREE OF PARAGRAPH B OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SUCH SECTION THIRTY-SIX
   17  HUNDRED  NINE-A. WHERE SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR PAYMENTS
   18  PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED NINE-A,  OR  THE  AMOUNT  OF
   19  SUCH  UNPAID  OBLIGATIONS EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT DUE TO SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT
   20  PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED NINE-A IN THE CURRENT SCHOOL
   21  YEAR, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL BILL AND RECOVER FROM SUCH SCHOOL  DISTRICT
   22  ANY  EXCESS  UNPAID OBLIGATION AND THE AMOUNT RECOVERED FROM SUCH SCHOOL
   23  DISTRICT SHALL BE CREDITED TO THE APPROPRIATION  FOR  PURPOSES  OF  THIS
   24  SECTION  IN  THE  LOCAL  ASSISTANCE  ACCOUNT OF THE DEPARTMENT. PROVIDED
   25  HOWEVER, THAT NO SUCH DEDUCTION OR RECOVERY SHALL BE MADE PRIOR TO  JULY
   26  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN AND THE AMOUNT SO DEDUCTED FROM PAYMENTS
   27  PURSUANT TO SECTIONS FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  EIGHT  OR  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED
   28  NINE-A  SHALL  BE  TRANSFERRED TO THE APPROPRIATION MADE FOR PURPOSES OF
   29  THIS SECTION FROM THE SUMMER SCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION  APPROPRIATION  OR
   30  THE GENERAL SUPPORT FROM PUBLIC SCHOOLS APPROPRIATION.
   31    (III)  In accordance with a schedule adopted by the commissioner, each
   32  municipality which has been notified by a board  of  its  obligation  to
   33  contract  for the provision of approved special services or programs for
   34  a preschool child shall be provided with a listing of all such  children
   35  by the commissioner. Such list shall include approved services and costs
   36  as prescribed by the commissioner for each such child for whom the muni-
   37  cipality  shall  certify,  on  such  list,  the amount expended for such
   38  purposes and the date of expenditure. Upon the receipt of such certified
   39  statement, the commissioner shall examine the same, and if such expendi-
   40  tures were made as required by  this  section,  the  commissioner  shall
   41  approve it and transmit it to the comptroller for audit. The comptroller
   42  shall  thereupon  issue  his  warrant,  in  the amount specified in such
   43  approved statement for the payment thereof out  of  moneys  appropriated
   44  therefor, to the municipal treasurer or chief fiscal officer as the case
   45  may be.
   46    [(iii)] (IV) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, any
   47  monies  due  municipalities  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  for services
   48  provided during the two thousand  eight--two  thousand  nine  and  prior
   49  school  years  shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of the
   50  percentage of the approved costs reimbursed by  the  state  pursuant  to
   51  subparagraph (i) of this paragraph and any federal participation, pursu-
   52  ant  to  title  XIX  of  the  social  security act, in special education
   53  programs provided pursuant  to  this  section.  The  commissioner  shall
   54  deduct  such  amount,  as certified by the commissioner of health as the
   55  authorized  fiscal  agent  of  the  state  education  department.   Such
   56  deductions  shall  be  made  in  accordance with a plan developed by the
       S. 6257--B                         80                         A. 9057--B
    1  commissioner and approved by the director of the budget. To  the  extent
    2  that  such deductions exceed moneys owed to the municipality pursuant to
    3  this paragraph, such excess shall be deducted from  any  other  payments
    4  due the municipality.
    5    (b)  Any  moneys  due  municipalities  pursuant  to this paragraph for
    6  services provided during the two thousand nine--two thousand ten  school
    7  year  and  thereafter,  or  for services provided in a prior school year
    8  that were not reimbursed by the state on  or  before  April  first,  two
    9  thousand  eleven,  shall,  in  the  first instance, be designated as the
   10  state share of moneys due a municipality pursuant to title  XIX  of  the
   11  social  security  act,  on  account of school supportive health services
   12  provided to  preschool  students  with  disabilities  pursuant  to  this
   13  section.  Such state share shall be assigned on behalf of municipalities
   14  to the department of health, as provided herein; the  amount  designated
   15  as such nonfederal share shall be transferred by the commissioner to the
   16  department  of health based on the monthly report of the commissioner of
   17  health to the commissioner; and any remaining moneys to  be  apportioned
   18  to  a  municipality pursuant to this section shall be paid in accordance
   19  with this section. The amount  to  be  assigned  to  the  department  of
   20  health,  as  determined  by  the commissioner of health, for any munici-
   21  pality shall not exceed the federal share of any moneys due such munici-
   22  pality pursuant to title XIX of the social security act.  Moneys  desig-
   23  nated  as  state  share moneys shall be paid to such municipality by the
   24  department of health based on the  submission  and  approval  of  claims
   25  related  to  such  school  supportive  health  services,  in  the manner
   26  provided by law.
   27    [(iv)] (V) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary,
   28  no payments shall be made by the commissioner pursuant to  this  section
   29  on or after July first, nineteen hundred ninety-six based on a claim for
   30  services  provided during school years nineteen hundred eighty-nine--ni-
   31  nety, nineteen hundred ninety--ninety-one, nineteen hundred  ninety-one-
   32  ninety-two,  nineteen hundred ninety-two--ninety-three, nineteen hundred
   33  ninety-three--ninety-four, and nineteen hundred ninety-four--ninety-five
   34  which is submitted later than two years after the end  of  the  nineteen
   35  hundred  ninety-five--ninety-six school year; provided, however, that no
   36  payment shall be barred or reduced where such payment is required  as  a
   37  result  of  a  court  order  or  judgment or a final audit, and provided
   38  further that the commissioner may  grant  a  waiver  to  a  municipality
   39  excusing  the  late filing of such a claim upon a finding that the delay
   40  was caused by a party other than the municipality or a  board  to  which
   41  the municipality delegated authority pursuant to paragraph f of subdivi-
   42  sion five or subdivision eight of this section.
   43    [(v)] (VI) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary,
   44  no  payments  shall be made by the commissioner pursuant to this section
   45  on or after July first, nineteen hundred ninety-six based on a claim for
   46  services provided in the nineteen hundred ninety-five--ninety-six school
   47  year or thereafter which is submitted later than three years  after  the
   48  end of the school year in which services were rendered, provided, howev-
   49  er,  that  no  payment  shall be barred or reduced where such payment is
   50  required as a result of a court order or judgment or a final audit,  and
   51  provided  further  that the commissioner may grant a waiver to a munici-
   52  pality excusing the late filing of such a claim upon a finding that  the
   53  delay  was  caused  by a party other than the municipality or a board to
   54  which the municipality delegates authority pursuant to  paragraph  f  of
   55  subdivision five or subdivision eight of this section.
       S. 6257--B                         81                         A. 9057--B
    1    [(vi)] (VII) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contra-
    2  ry,  beginning  with  state  reimbursement  otherwise payable in the two
    3  thousand six--two thousand seven state fiscal  year  and  in  each  year
    4  thereafter,  payments pursuant to this section, subject to county agree-
    5  ment  and  in  the amounts specified in such agreement, shall be paid no
    6  later than June thirtieth of the state fiscal year  next  following  the
    7  state fiscal year in which such reimbursement was otherwise eligible for
    8  payment  and  in  which  the  liability  to  the  county  for such state
    9  reimbursement accrued, provided that such payments in a subsequent state
   10  fiscal year shall be recognized by the state and the  applicable  county
   11  as  satisfying  the  state  reimbursement obligation for the prior state
   12  fiscal year. Any unspent amount associated with such  county  agreements
   13  shall not be available for payments to other counties or municipalities.
   14    S 4. This act shall take effect July 1, 2012.
   15                                   PART K
   16    Section  1. Paragraph h of subdivision 4 of section 1950 of the educa-
   17  tion law is amended by adding a new subparagraph 8 to read as follows:
   18    (8) TO ENTER INTO CONTRACTS WITH THE COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF
   19  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION SIX-A OF SECTION
   20  THIRTY-TWO HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER TO PROVIDE TO  SUCH  OFFICE,  FOR
   21  THE  BENEFIT OF YOUTH IN ITS CUSTODY, ANY SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE BOARD
   22  OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO COMPONENT SCHOOL  DISTRICTS.  ANY
   23  SUCH  PROPOSED  CONTRACT  SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF
   24  THE COMMISSIONER TO DETERMINE THAT IT IS AN APPROVED COOPERATIVE  EDUCA-
   25  TIONAL  SERVICE.  SERVICES  PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SUCH CONTRACTS SHALL BE
   26  PROVIDED AT COST, AND THE  BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES
   27  SHALL  NOT  BE AUTHORIZED TO CHARGE ANY COSTS INCURRED IN PROVIDING SUCH
   28  SERVICES TO ITS COMPONENT SCHOOL DISTRICTS.
   29    S 2. Subdivision 6-a of section 3202 of the education law, as  amended
   30  by chapter 465 of the laws of 1992, is amended to read as follows:
   31    6-a.  Notwithstanding subdivision six of this section OR ANY OTHER LAW
   32  TO THE CONTRARY, the [director of the division for  youth]  COMMISSIONER
   33  OF  THE  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES shall be responsible for
   34  the secular education of youth under the jurisdiction of the  [division]
   35  OFFICE and may contract for such education with the trustees or board of
   36  education  of the school district wherein a facility for the residential
   37  care of [division for] SUCH youth is located OR WITH THE BOARD OF  COOP-
   38  ERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  AT  WHICH  ANY SUCH SCHOOL DISTRICT IS A
   39  COMPONENT DISTRICT.  A youth attending a local public  school  while  in
   40  residence  at  such  facility  shall  be deemed a resident of the school
   41  district where his parent or guardian resides  at  the  commencement  of
   42  each  school  year  for the purpose of determining which school district
   43  shall be responsible for the youth's tuition pursuant  to  section  five
   44  hundred four of the executive law.
   45    S 3. This act shall take effect immediately.
   46                                   PART L
   47    Section 1. Section 527-l of the executive law is REPEALED.
   48    S  2.  This act shall take effect April 1, 2012; provided, however, if
   49  this act shall become a law after such date it shall take  effect  imme-
   50  diately and shall be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and
   51  after April 1, 2012.
       S. 6257--B                         82                         A. 9057--B
    1                                   PART M
    2    Section 1. Paragraph (d) of subdivision 2 of section 530 of the execu-
    3  tive  law, as added by section 4 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58 of
    4  the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
    5    (d) (I) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF  LAW  OR  REGULATION  TO  THE
    6  CONTRARY,  ANY  INFORMATION  OR  DATA  NECESSARY  FOR  THE  DEVELOPMENT,
    7  COMPLETION, VALIDATION OR REVALIDATION OF THE DETENTION RISK  ASSESSMENT
    8  INSTRUMENT  SHALL  BE  SHARED  BETWEEN  LOCAL PROBATION DEPARTMENTS, THE
    9  DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES AND, WHERE AUTHORIZED BY THE DIVI-
   10  SION, ANY ENTITY UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE DIVISION TO PROVIDE INFORMATION
   11  TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, THE OFFICE, AND ANY ENTITY UNDER CONTRACT WITH  THE
   12  OFFICE  TO  PROVIDE  SERVICES  RELATING  TO THE DEVELOPMENT, COMPLETION,
   13  VALIDATION OR REVALIDATION OF THE DETENTION RISK ASSESSMENT  INSTRUMENT.
   14  (II)  Data  collected  for the purposes of completing the detention risk
   15  assessment instrument from any source other  than  an  officially  docu-
   16  mented record shall be confirmed as soon as practicable. Should any data
   17  originally  utilized  in  completing  the  risk assessment instrument be
   18  found to conflict  with  the  officially  documented  record,  the  risk
   19  assessment  instrument shall be completed with the officially documented
   20  data and any corresponding revision to the risk categorization shall  be
   21  made. The office shall periodically revalidate any approved risk assess-
   22  ment  instrument.  The  office  shall  conspicuously  post  any approved
   23  detention risk assessment instrument on its  website  and  shall  confer
   24  with  appropriate  stakeholders, including but not limited to, attorneys
   25  for children, presentment agencies, probation,  and  the  family  court,
   26  prior  to  revising  any  validated risk assessment instrument. Any such
   27  revised risk assessment instrument shall be subject to  periodic  empir-
   28  ical validation.
   29    S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.
   30    S 2. Severability clause. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
   31  sion,  section  or  part  of  this act shall be adjudged by any court of
   32  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment  shall  not  affect,
   33  impair,  or  invalidate  the remainder thereof, but shall be confined in
   34  its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,  section
   35  or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judg-
   36  ment shall have been rendered. It is hereby declared to be the intent of
   37  the  legislature  that  this  act  would  have been enacted even if such
   38  invalid provisions had not been included herein.
   39    S 3. This act shall take effect immediately  provided,  however,  that
   40  the  applicable effective date of Parts A through M of this act shall be
   41  as specifically set forth in the last section of such Parts.
feedback